Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Care Facilities / The Pennant Group, Inc.

The Pennant Group, Inc.

pntg · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pntg
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Care Facilities
Employees 7000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · The Pennant Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________
FORM 10-K

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

For the transition period from                      to                     .

Commission file number: 001-38900
__________________________

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

83-3349931

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1675 East Riverside Drive, Suite 150, Eagle, ID 83616
(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)
(208) 506-6100
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
_____________________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)

PNTG

Name of each exchange on which registered

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or the Act.  ☐Yes ☒No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  ☐ Yes ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ Yes ☐
No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act:

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☒ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ☒ No

As of March 4, 2020, 27,885,252 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Part II.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Part III.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Part IV.

Item 1.
Item1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

1
16
38
38
39
39

40
40
46
55
55
56
56
57

58
58
58
58
58

59
61

Note on Incorporation by Reference

Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  incorporates  information  by  reference  from  the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy  statement  on  Schedule  14A  for  the

Registrant's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Our reports, filings and other public announcements, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K may from time to time contain statements that do
not directly or exclusively relate to historical facts. Such statements are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995, and typically include, but are not limited to, our expected future financial position, results of operations, cash flows, financing plans,
business  strategy,  budgets,  capital  expenditures,  competitive  positions,  growth  opportunities  and  plans  and  objectives  of  management.  Forward-looking
statements can often be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “should,”
“would,” “could,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing,” similar expressions, and variations or negatives of these words. These statements are subject to the safe
harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”).  These  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict.
Therefore, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, some
of which are listed in Part I, Item 1A., Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. Accordingly, you should not
rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report, and
are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and business, management's beliefs, and certain assumptions made by us,
all of which are subject to change. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, except as otherwise
required by law.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words, “Pennant,” “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to The Pennant Group, Inc. and its
consolidated  subsidiaries.  All  of  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries,  and  the  Service  Center  (defined  below)  are  operated  by  separate,  wholly-owned,
independent  subsidiaries  that  have  their  own  management,  employees  and  assets.  References  herein  to  the  consolidated  “Company”  and  “its”  assets  and
activities,  as  well  as  the  use  of  the  terms  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  similar  terms  in  this  Annual  Report  is  not  meant  to  imply,  nor  should  it  be  construed  as
meaning, that The Pennant Group, Inc. has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the subsidiaries are operated by The Pennant Group,
Inc.

The  Pennant  Group,  Inc.  is  a  holding  company  with  no  direct  operating  assets,  employees  or  revenues.  In  addition,  certain  of  our  wholly-owned
independent subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the “Service Center,” provide centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology,
legal, risk management and other centralized services to the other independent operating subsidiaries through contractual relationships with such subsidiaries.

We  were  incorporated  in  2019  in  Delaware.  The  address  of  our  headquarters  is  1675  E  Riverside  Drive,  Suite  150,  Eagle,  Idaho  83616,  and  our
telephone  number  is  (208)  506-6100.  Our  corporate  website  is  located  at  www.pennantgroup.com.  The  information  contained  in,  or  that  can  be  accessed
through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

 
Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Overview

Part I.

The Pennant Group, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “we”, “our”, “us” or “Pennant”) is a leading provider of high-quality healthcare
services to patients of all ages, including the growing senior population, in the United States. Through our innovative operating model, we strive to be the
provider-of-choice in the communities we serve. On October 1, 2019, we completed a spin-off from The Ensign Group, Inc. (“Ensign”) (NASDAQ: ENSG),
our former parent company, which transferred all of its home health and hospice agencies and substantially all of its senior living businesses to us.

As of December 31, 2019, we operate multiple lines of business, including home health, hospice and senior living, throughout Arizona, California,
Colorado,  Idaho,  Iowa,  Nevada,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Texas,  Utah,  Washington,  Wisconsin  and  Wyoming.  We  provide  home  health  and  hospice  services
through 63 agencies, and senior living services at 52 communities with 3,963 total units in our assisted living, independent living and memory care business.
We  derive  revenue  from  a  diversified  blend  of  payors  including  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs,  private  pay  patients  and  residents  and  managed  care
payors.

We  believe  our  key  differentiators  are  our  (1)  innovative  operating  model  that  focuses  on  empowering  and  developing  strong  local  leaders,  (2)
disciplined growth strategy, and (3) ability to achieve quality care outcomes in cost effective settings. In our experience, healthcare is a local endeavor, largely
dependent  upon  personal  and  professional  relationships,  community  reputation  and  an  ability  to  adapt  to  the  changing  needs  of  patients,  partners  and
communities. As our operational leaders build strong relationships with key partners in their local communities, they are empowered to make informed and
critical operational decisions that produce quality care outcomes and more effectively meet the needs of our patients.

We believe our home health and hospice businesses are able to achieve quality outcomes—as measured by multiple industry and value-based metrics
(such as hospital readmission rates)—in cost effective settings. We believe our senior living business is able to offer our residents a safe and tailored quality-
of-life at an affordable cost, thus appealing to a broad population. With our platform of diversified service offerings, we believe that we are well-positioned to
take advantage of favorable demographic shifts as well as industry trends that reward providers offering quality care in lower cost settings.

Our Innovative Operating Model

Our innovative operating model is the foundation of our superior performance and success. Our operating model is founded on two core principles:
(1) healthcare is a local business where providers are most successful when key operational decision-making meets local community needs and occurs close
to  patients  and  employees,  and  (2)  peer  accountability  from  operational  and  resource  partners  is  more  effective  at  driving  excellent  clinical  and  financial
results than traditional hierarchical or “top-down” accountability structures.

Our  model  is  innovative  because  each  operation  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be  an  independent  operating  subsidiary  that  functions  under  the
direction of local clinical and operational leaders, each of whom are empowered to make decisions based on the unique needs of the patients, partners and
communities they serve. This is in contrast to typical models where control and key decision-making is centralized at the corporate level. Moreover, we utilize
a “cluster model,” where every operation is part of a defined “cluster,” which is a group of geographically proximate operations working together to allow
leaders to communicate and provide support and accountability to each other. This creates incentives for leaders to share best practices and real-time data and
benchmark clinical and financial performance with their cluster partners. We believe this locally-driven data-sharing and peer accountability model is unique
amongst healthcare and senior living providers and has proven effective in improving clinical care, enhancing patient and resident satisfaction and promoting
operational efficiencies. This “cluster” operating model is the same model used by local leaders prior to our spin-off from Ensign in 2019 (further discussed
below under Company History) and will be key to the success of our future operations.

Our  organizational  structure  empowers  our  highly-dedicated  leaders  and  staff  at  the  local  level  to  make  key  decisions  and  creates  a  sense  of
ownership over operational and clinical results and the overall employee experience. Each operation’s leader and his or her staff are encouraged to make their
operations the “provider of choice” in the communities they serve. To accomplish this goal, our leaders work closely with their clinical staff and our expert
resources to identify unique patient needs and priorities in their communities and to create superior service offerings tailored to those needs. We believe that
our localized approach to program development and patient care leads prospective patients and referral sources to choose or recommend our operations to
others. Similarly, our emphasis on empowering local decision-makers encourages leaders to strive to become the “employer of choice” in the communities
they serve. One of our core values is the principle that the best patient care is provided by employees who experience significant work satisfaction because
they are valued as individuals. Our leaders work hard to

1

Table of Contents

embody this core value and to attract, train and retain outstanding clinical staff by creating a work environment that fosters critical thinking, measurement,
and relevance. Our local teams are motivated and empowered to quickly and proactively meet the needs of those they serve, without waiting for permission to
act or being bound to a “one-size-fits-all” corporate strategy. In many markets, we attribute census growth and excellent clinical and financial outcomes to a
healthy organizational culture built on these principles. With strong employee satisfaction across the organization, we believe we can continue to attract and
retain the best talent in our industries.

Lastly, while our teams are local, they are also supported by cutting-edge systems and our “Service Center”, which is staffed with teams of subject-
matter experts who advise regarding their respective fields of expertise, including information technology, compliance, human resources, accounting, payroll,
legal,  risk  management,  education  and  other  services.  The  partnership  and  peer  accountability  that  exists  between  our  local  leaders  and  Service  Center
resources allows each operation to improve while benefiting from the technical expertise, systems and accountability provided by our Service Center.

Partner of Choice in Local Healthcare Communities

We view healthcare services primarily as a local business, driven by personal relationships, reputation and the ability to identify and address unmet
community  needs.  We  believe  our  success  is  largely  driven  by  our  ability  to  build  strong  relationships  with  key  stakeholders  within  the  local  healthcare
communities, leveraging our reputation for providing superior care.

We believe we are a partner of choice to payors, providers, patients and employees in the healthcare communities we serve. As a partner, we focus
on  improving  care  outcomes  and  the  quality  of  life  of  our  patients  in  their  home.  Our  local  leadership  approach  facilitates  the  development  of  strong
professional relationships within communities, which allows us to better understand and meet the needs of our partners. We believe our emphasis on working
closely  with  other  providers,  payors  and  patients  yields  unique,  customized  solutions  and  programs  that  meet  local  market  needs  and  improve  clinical
outcomes, which in turn accelerates revenue growth and profitability.

We  are  a  trusted  partner  to,  and  work  closely  with,  payors  and  other  acute  and  post-acute  providers  to  deliver  innovative  healthcare  solutions  in
lower  cost  settings.  In  the  markets  we  serve,  we  have  developed  formal  and  informal  preferred  provider  relationships  with  key  referral  sources  and
transitional  care  programs  that  result  in  better  coordination  within  the  care  continuum.  These  partnerships  have  resulted  in  significant  benefits  to  payors,
patients and other providers, including reduced hospital readmission rates, appropriate transitions within the care continuum, overall cost savings, increased
patient satisfaction and improved quality outcomes. Positive, repeated interactions and data sharing result in strong local relationships and encourage referrals
from our acute and post-acute care partners. As we continue to strengthen these formal and informal relationships and expand our referral base, we believe we
will continue to drive revenue growth and operational results.

Company History

The Pennant Group, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on January 24, 2019, for the purpose of holding the home health and hospice
agencies and substantially all of the senior living businesses of Ensign, which was formed in 1999 with the goal of establishing a new level of quality care
within the skilled nursing industry. The name “Ensign” is synonymous with a “flag” or a “standard,” and refers to Ensign’s goal of setting the standard by
which all others in its industry are measured. The name “Pennant” draws on similar imagery and themes to represent our mission of becoming the “Ensign” to
the home health, hospice and senior living industries. We believe that, through our innovative operating model, we can foster a new level of patient care and
professional  competence  at  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  and  set  new  industry  standards  for  quality  home  health  and  hospice  and  senior  living
services.

On October 1, 2019, Ensign completed the spin-off of Pennant from Ensign effected through a tax-free distribution (except as to cash received in lieu
of fractional shares) of substantially all of Pennant’s issued and outstanding common stock to the stockholders of Ensign, as a result of which Pennant became
an independent, publicly-traded company (the “Spin-Off”). Following the Spin-Off, Ensign had no continuing ownership interest in Pennant. As part of and
prior to effecting the Spin-Off, Ensign executed an internal reorganization to align the appropriate businesses within each of Pennant and Ensign whereby,
among other things (1) the assets and liabilities associated with Ensign’s home health and hospice agencies and substantially all of its senior living businesses
were transferred to Pennant, and (2) all other assets and liabilities of Ensign were retained by Ensign.

Our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  are  organized  into  industry-specific  portfolio  companies,  which  we  believe  has  enabled  us  to  maintain  a

local, field-driven organizational structure, to attract qualified leaders and expert resources, and to

2

Table of Contents

effectively identify, acquire, and improve operations. Each of our portfolio companies has its own leader. These experienced and proven leaders are generally
taken from the ranks of our operational leaders to serve as resources to independent operating subsidiaries within their own portfolio companies and have the
primary responsibility for recruiting qualified talent, finding potential acquisition targets, and identifying other strategic and organic growth opportunities. We
believe this decentralized organizational structure will continue to improve the quality of our recruiting and facilitate successful acquisitions.

We have two reportable segments: (1) home health and hospice services, which includes our home health, hospice and home care businesses; and (2)
senior  living  services,  which  includes  our  assisted  living,  independent  living  and  memory  care  communities.  We  also  report  an  “all  other”  category  that
includes general and administrative expense. Our reporting segments are business units that offer different services and that are managed separately to provide
greater visibility into those operations. For more information about our operating segments, as well as financial information, see “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 6, Business Segments, to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements.

Services

Home  Health  and  Hospice.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  provided  home  health  and  hospice  services  through  63  agencies.  Our  home  health
services consist of providing a combination of clinical services including nursing, speech, occupational and physical therapy, medical social work and home
health aide services within a patient's home. Home health is often a cost-effective solution for patients and can also increase their quality of life by allowing
them to receive excellent clinical services in the comfort and convenience of the patient's home. Our hospice services focus on the physical, spiritual and
psychosocial  needs  of  terminally  ill  patients  and  their  families  and  consist  primarily  of  clinical  care,  education  and  counseling.  During  the  years  ended
December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  generated  approximately  68.6%,  68.6%  and  68.8%,  respectively,  of  our  home  health  and  hospice  revenue  from
Medicare.

Senior  Living.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  provided  assisted  living,  independent  living  and  memory  care  services  in  52  communities
with  3,963  total  units  or  rooms.  Our  senior  living  operations  provide  a  variety  of  services  tailored  to  our  residents’  needs,  including  residential
accommodations, activities, meals, housekeeping and assistance in the activities of daily living to seniors who are independent or who require some support
not at the level of clinical care provided in a skilled nursing facility. We generate revenue in these communities primarily from private pay sources, with a
portion earned from Medicaid or other state-specific programs. During years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, approximately 77.4%, 79.8% and
81.8% respectively, of our senior living revenue was derived from private pay sources.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe that the following strategies are primarily responsible for our growth to date and will continue to drive the growth of our business:

Grow Talent Base and Develop Future Leaders. Our growth strategy is focused on expanding our talent base and developing future leaders. A key
component  of  our  organizational  culture  is  our  belief  that  strong  local  leadership  is  a  primary  ingredient  to  operational  success.  We  use  a  multi-faceted
strategy  to  identify  and  recruit  proven  business  leaders  from  various  industries  and  backgrounds.  To  develop  these  leaders,  we  have  a  rigorous  “CEO-in-
Training Program” that includes significant in-person instruction on leadership, clinical and operational topics as well as extensive on-the-ground training and
active  learning  with  key  leaders  from  across  the  organization.  After  placement  in  a  local  operation,  our  leaders  continue  to  receive  training  and  regular
feedback and support from operational and resource peers. We believe our model of empowering local leaders and providing them a platform of support from
expert resources and systems will continue to attract and retain highly talented and entrepreneurial leaders.

Focus  on  Organic  Growth.  We  believe  that  we  have  a  significant  opportunity  to  drive  organic  growth  within  our  current  portfolio,  including
recently acquired operations. As we improve clinical outcomes, quality of care and operational results at each of our existing and newly acquired operations,
we believe we will become a provider of choice in the communities we serve, which leads to census growth. Through this census growth, and as we continue
to expand our service areas and offerings, we believe we will continue to translate revenue growth into bottom line success with rigorous adherence to our
core operating principles. By effectively using data systems and analytics and embracing a culture of transparency and accountability, we tend to see our local
leaders steadily improving operational results. We believe our unique operating model will continue to cultivate steady and consistent organic growth in the
future.

Pursue Disciplined Acquisition Strategy. The disciplined acquisition and integration of strategic and underperforming operations is a key element of

our past success and is integral to our future growth plans. We have historically successfully

3

Table of Contents

transitioned both turnaround and stable target businesses, transforming them into top-quality operations preferred by referral sources. We plan to continue to
take advantage of the fragmented home health, hospice and senior living industries by acquiring strategic and underperforming operations within both our
existing  and  new  geographic  markets.  With  experienced  leaders  in  place  at  the  local  level  and  demonstrated  success  in  improving  operating  conditions  at
acquired businesses, we believe we are well positioned to continue expanding our footprint through disciplined acquisitions.

Leverage Our Operational Capabilities to Expand Partnerships. Our local leadership approach enables us to adapt to and efficiently meet the needs
of our partners in the communities we serve. Our clinical and data analytics capabilities foster solutions and allow us to optimize clinical outcomes. We use
this  data  to  communicate  with  key  partners  in  an  effort  to  reduce  overall  cost  of  care  and  drive  improved  clinical  outcomes.  We  will  continue  to  expand
formal  and  informal  partnerships  across  the  healthcare  continuum  by  strategically  investing  in  programs  and  data  analytics  that  help  us  and  our  partners
improve care transitions, achieve better outcomes and reduce costs.

Strategically Invest in and Integrate Other Post-Acute Healthcare Businesses. Another important element to our growth strategy is the in-house
development  and  acquisition  of  other  post-acute  care  businesses  that  are  adjacent  to  our  existing  service  offerings.  These  businesses  either  directly  or
indirectly  benefit  our  patients,  help  us  collaborate  more  effectively  with  our  partners,  and  allow  us  to  compete  more  effectively  in  the  rapidly  changing
healthcare environment. Our leadership development programs facilitate these investments, and we have supported local leaders in exploring new business
opportunities. We expect to continue to selectively incubate ancillary solutions in a disciplined manner that incentivizes our local leaders and bolsters the
depth and breadth of services we offer within the post-acute care continuum.

Growth and Acquisition History

Much of our historical growth can be attributed to our expertise in acquiring strategic and underperforming operations and transforming them into
market  leaders  in  clinical  quality,  staff  competency  and  financial  performance.  Our  local  leaders  are  trained  to  identify  these  opportunities  for  long-term
organic growth as we strive to become the provider of choice in our local communities. Accordingly, we plan to continue to drive organic growth and acquire
additional operations in existing and new markets in a disciplined manner.

From 2013 to 2019, we grew our home health and hospice services and senior living services revenue by 409.0%.

4

 
Table of Contents

From 2013 to December 31, 2019, we grew the number of our home health and hospice agencies and senior living units by 293.8% and 215.5%,

respectively.

Agency and Unit Growth Since 2013

Home health and hospice agencies

Senior living communities

Senior living units

December 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

7   

8   

10   

10   

16   

12   

25   

15   

32   

36   

39   

36   

46   

43   

54   

50   

63   

52   

887   

1,034   

1,256   

1,587   

3,184   

3,184   

3,434   

3,820   

3,963   

Total number of home health, hospice, and senior living
operations

15   

20   

28   

40   

68   

75   

89   

104   

115   

We aim to continue to grow our revenue and earnings by acquiring additional operations in existing and new markets and improving and expanding

our existing operations.

Industry Trends

The  healthcare  sector  is  one  of  the  largest  and  fastest-growing  sectors  of  the  U.S.  economy.  According  to  CMS,  national  healthcare  spending
increased from 8.9% of U.S. GDP, or $255 billion, in 1980 to an estimated 18% of GDP, or $3.6 trillion, in 2018. CMS projects national healthcare spending
will grow by an average of 5.5% annually from 2018 through 2027, accounting for approximately 19% of U.S. GDP in 2027.

The  home  health,  hospice  and  senior  living  segments  are  growing  within  the  overall  healthcare  landscape  in  the  United  States.  The  home  health
market  is  estimated  at  approximately  $103  billion  and  is  growing  at  an  estimated  CAGR  of  7%.  The  hospice  industry  is  estimated  at  approximately  $23
billion and is growing at an estimated CAGR of 5%. The senior living market is estimated at approximately $56 billion and growing at an estimated CAGR of
5%. We believe that the industries in which we operate will continue to benefit from several macroeconomic and regulatory trends highlighted below:

Increased  Demand  Driven  by  Aging  Populations.  As  seniors  account  for  an  increasing  percentage  of  the  total  U.S.  population,  we  believe  the
demand for home health and hospice and senior living services will continue to increase. According U.S. Census Bureau in 2019, between 2016 and 2030, the
number of individuals over 65 years old is projected to be one of the fastest growing segments of the United States population, growing from 15% to 21%.
The Bureau expects this segment to increase nearly 57% to 77 million by 2034 (from 2016) as compared to the total U.S. population which is projected to
increase by 14% over that time period. Furthermore, the generation currently retiring has access to less post-retirement benefits and

5

Table of Contents

accumulated less savings than in the past, creating demand for more affordable senior housing and in-home care options. As a high-quality provider in lower
cost settings, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this trend.

Shift of Patient Care to Lower Cost Alternatives. The growth of the senior population in the U.S. continues to increase healthcare costs, often at a
rate  faster  than  the  available  funding  from  government-sponsored  healthcare  programs.  In  response,  government  payors  have  adopted  measures  that
encourage the treatment of patients in their homes and other cost-effective settings where the staffing requirements and associated costs are often significantly
lower than the alternatives. With our emphasis on the home health, hospice and senior living industries, which are among the lowest cost settings within the
post-acute care continuum, we expect this shift to continue to drive our growth.

Transition to Value-Based Payment Models. In response to rising healthcare spending, certain markets’ commercial, government and other payors
are  shifting  away  from  fee-for-service  payment  models  toward  value-based  models,  including  risk-based  payment  models  that  tie  financial  incentives  to
quality, efficiency and coordination of care. We believe that payors will continue to emphasize reimbursement models driven by value and that our clinical
outcomes combined with our services in cost effective settings will be increasingly rewarded. Many of our home health agencies already receive value-based
payments, and we are well-positioned to capitalize on this trend as it unfolds across the markets we serve.

Significant Acquisition and Consolidation Opportunities. The home health, hospice and senior living industries are highly fragmented markets with
thousands of small and regional providers and only a handful of large national players. There are over 12,300 Medicare-certified home health agencies, with
the top ten largest operators accounting for about 26% of the market. There are approximately 4,500 hospice agencies in the U.S. with the top ten largest
operators accounting for about 18% of the total market share. As with the home health and hospice industries, there is significant fragmentation in the senior
housing industry, with the top 25 operators controlling only a quarter of the market. We believe that our strategy of acquiring strategic and underperforming
operations in these highly fragmented markets will be an instrumental piece of our future growth.

Changing  Regulatory  Framework.  Regulations  and  reimbursement  change  frequently  in  our  industries.  Our  model  is  designed  to  successfully
navigate these regulatory and reimbursement changes. For example, effective January 1, 2020, CMS enacted additional changes to the Medicare home health
prospective payment system (“HH PPS”) with the implementation of the Patient Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”). As discussed in greater detail below
under Government Regulation, this new reimbursement structure involves case mix calculation methodology refinements, changes to low-utilization payment
adjustment (“LUPA”) thresholds, the elimination of therapy thresholds, a change to the unit of payment from a 60-day episode to a 30-day period of care, and
reduction in fiscal year 2020 and full elimination in fiscal year 2021 of requests for anticipated payments (“RAPs”). Just as we have navigated other major
reimbursement  and  regulatory  changes,  we  believe  that  our  unique  operating  model  will  mitigate  the  negative  impacts  of  PDGM  as  local  operations  and
clinical leaders, supported by our expert resources, effectively adapt to the new reimbursement environment.

Payor Sources

We derive revenue primarily from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, private pay patients and residents and managed care payors.

Medicare.  Medicare  is  a  federal  program  that  provides  healthcare  benefits  to  individuals  who  are  65  years  of  age  or  older  or  are  disabled.  The
Medicare home health benefit is available both for patients who need care following discharge from an inpatient facility and patients who suffer from chronic
conditions  that  require  ongoing  but  intermittent  care.  The  Medicare  hospice  benefit  is  also  available  to  Medicare-eligible  patients  with  terminal  illnesses,
certified by a physician, where life expectancy is six months or less.

Medicaid. Medicaid is a program financed by state funds and matching federal funds administered by state agencies or managed care organizations
on their behalf. Medicaid programs generally provide health benefits for qualifying individuals, and may supplement Medicare benefits for the disabled and
for persons aged 65 and older meeting financial eligibility requirements. Medicaid reimbursement formulas are established by each state with the approval of
the federal government in accordance with federal guidelines.

Medicaid  reimbursement  varies  from  state  to  state  and  is  based  upon  a  number  of  different  methodologies,  including  cost-based,  prospective
payment,  case  mixed  adjusted  payments,  and  negotiated  rates.  Rates  are  subject  to  a  state’s  annual  budgetary  requirements  and  funding,  statutory  and
regulatory changes and interpretations and rulings by individual state agencies and State Plan Amendments approved by CMS.

6

Table of Contents

Managed  Care  and  Private  Insurance.  Managed  care  patients  consist  of  individuals  who  are  insured  by  certain  third-party  entities,  or  who  are
Medicare beneficiaries who have assigned their Medicare benefits to a managed care organization plan. Another type of insurance, long-term care insurance,
is also becoming more widely available to consumers and is not expected to contribute significantly to industry revenues in the near term.

Private and Other Payors. Private and other payors consist primarily of individuals, family members or other third parties who directly pay for the

services we provide.

The  following  table  sets  forth  our  total  revenue  by  payor  source  as  a  percent  of  revenue  generated  by  each  of  our  reportable  segments  and  as  a

percentage of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 (dollars in thousands):

Medicare

Medicaid

Subtotal

Managed care

Private and other(a)

Total revenue

Home Health and Hospice Services

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Home Health Services

Hospice Services

Senior Living Services

Total Revenue

47.4  %

6.5 

53.9 

27.4 

18.7 

100.0  %

88.9  %

9.5 

98.4 

1.5 

0.1 

100.0  %

—  %

22.6 

22.6 

— 

77.4 

100.0  %

41.9  %

13.7 

55.6 

8.6 

35.8 

100.0  %

(a)   Private and other payors in our home health and hospice services segment includes revenue from all payors generated in our home care operations.

Reimbursement for Specific Services

Reimbursement  for  Home  Health  Services.  Our  home  health  business  derives  substantially  all  of  its  revenue  from  Medicare  and  managed  care
sources, which may vary in the markets we serve. Our home health services generally consist of providing some combination of the services of registered
nurses, speech, occupational and physical therapists, medical social workers and certified home health aides. Home health is often a cost-effective solution for
patients and can also increase their quality of life and allow them to receive quality medical care in the comfort and convenience of a familiar setting.

Historically,  adjustments  to  reimbursement  under  Medicare  and  Medicaid  have  had  a  significant  effect  on  our  revenue  and  results  of  operations.
Recently enacted, pending and proposed legislation and administrative rulemaking at the federal and state levels could have similar effects on our business.
Efforts to impose reduced reimbursement rates, greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and other payors are expected to continue
for  the  foreseeable  future  and  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Additionally,  any  delay  or  default  by  the
federal  or  state  governments  in  making  Medicare  and/or  Medicaid  reimbursement  payments  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

Reimbursement for Hospice Services. Hospice revenues are primarily derived from Medicare. We receive one of four predetermined rate categories
based  on  four  different  levels  of  care  provided:  routine  home  care,  continuous  home  care,  inpatient  respite  care  and  general  inpatient  care.  This  payment
structure  is  designed  to  include  all  of  the  services  needed  to  manage  a  beneficiary’s  care,  consisting  primarily  of  clinical  care,  education  and  counseling.
These rates are subject to annual adjustments based on inflation and geographic wage considerations.

Reimbursement  for  Senior  Living  Services.  Assisted  living,  independent  living  and  memory  care  community  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from
private pay residents at rates we establish based upon the services we provide and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or other
state-specific  programs  in  some  states  where  we  operate  supplement  payments  for  board  and  care  services  provided  in  assisted  living  and  memory  care
communities.

Competition

The post-acute care industry is highly competitive, and we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. The industry
is  highly  fragmented  and  characterized  by  numerous  local  and  regional  providers,  in  addition  to  large  national  providers  that  have  achieved  geographic
diversity and economies of scale. Some of our independent operating subsidiaries also compete with skilled nursing facilities, inpatient rehabilitation facilities
and long-term acute care hospitals. Competitiveness may vary significantly from location to location, depending upon factors such as the number of

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

competing operations, availability of services, expertise of staff, and the physical appearance and amenities of senior living communities. We believe that the
primary competitive factors in the post-acute care industry are:

•

•

•

•

•

ability to attract and to retain qualified leaders and caregivers;

reputation and achievements of quality healthcare outcomes and patient and resident satisfaction;

attractiveness and location of senior living communities and other physical assets;

the expertise and commitment of operational leaders and employees; and

private equity and other firms with greater financial resources and/or lower costs of capital with similar asset acquisition objections.

We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a reputation within the local community as the “operation of choice.” This means that
the operation leaders are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare professionals, customers and other stakeholders in
the local community or market, and then create superior service offerings for that particular community or market that are calculated to encourage prospective
customers and referral sources to choose or recommend the operation.

Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients and residents, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. Some of
our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective
communities than we are. Competing companies may also offer newer communities or different programs or services than we offer and may, therefore, attract
individuals who are currently patients of our communities, potential patients of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other
competitors may have lower expenses or other competitive advantages than us and, therefore, provide services at lower prices than we offer.

There are few barriers to entry in the home health and hospice business in jurisdictions that do not require certificates of need or permits of approval.
Our primary competition in these jurisdictions comes from local privately and publicly owned and hospital-owned healthcare providers. We compete based on
the availability of personnel, the quality of services, expertise of visiting staff, and, in certain instances, on the price of our services. In addition, we compete
with a number of non-profit organizations that finance acquisitions and capital expenditures on a tax-exempt basis and charity-funded programs that may have
strong ties to their local medical communities and receive charitable contributions that are unavailable to us.

Our senior living services also compete with local, regional and national companies. The primary competitive factors in these businesses include
reputation, cost of services, quality of clinical services, responsiveness to patient/resident needs, location and the ability to provide support in other areas such
as third-party reimbursement, information management and patient recordkeeping. The market for acquiring and/or operating senior living communities is
highly competitive, and some of our present and potential senior living competitors have, or may obtain, greater financial resources than us and may have a
lower cost of capital.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the ongoing regulatory, reimbursement and demographic changes within the home health,
hospice and senior living industries. We believe that we will achieve clinical, financial and cultural success as a direct result of the following key competitive
strengths:

Innovative Operating Model. We believe healthcare should be operated primarily as a local business. Our local leadership-centered operating model
encourages our leaders to make key operational decisions that meet the individualized needs of their patients and community partners. Recognizing the local
nature of our business, our leaders develop each operation’s reputation at the local level, rather than being bound by a traditional organization-wide branding
strategy. In addition, our local leaders work closely with their cluster partners to share data and improve clinical and financial outcomes. Moreover, we do not
maintain a traditional corporate headquarters, rather we operate our Service Center which supports operational results through world-class systems and by
providing ancillary expertise in fields such as information technology, compliance, human resources, accounting, legal and education. This enables individual
operations  to  function  with  the  strength,  synergies  and  economies  of  scale  found  in  larger  organizations,  without  the  disadvantages  of  a  top-down
management structure or corporate hierarchy. We believe this approach is unique within our industries and allows us to preserve the “one-operation-at-a-time”
focus and culture that has contributed to our success.

Proven  Track  Record  of  Successful  Acquisitions.  We  adhere  to  a  disciplined  acquisition  strategy  focused  on  sourcing  and  selectively  acquiring

operations within our target markets. Local leaders are heavily involved in the acquisition process and

8

Table of Contents

are recognized and rewarded as these acquired operations become the provider of choice in the communities they serve. Through our innovative operating
model  and  disciplined  approach  to  strategic  growth,  we  have  completed  and  successfully  transitioned  dozens  of  value-add  operations.  Our  expertise  in
acquiring and transforming strategic and underperforming operations allows us to consider a broad range of potential acquisition targets and will be a key
element of our future success.

Superior  Clinical  Outcomes  and  Quality  Care.  We  will  continue  to  achieve  success  by  delivering  high  quality  home  health,  hospice  and  senior
living  services.  Using  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”)  five-star  quality  rating  criteria,  our  home  health  agencies  achieved  an
average of 4 out of 5 stars across all agencies, compared to the industry average of 3.5 stars (see Government Regulation below for further discussion on the
five-star quality rating system). Our locally-driven, patient-centered approach to clinical care allows us to meet the unique needs of our patients, resulting in
improved clinical outcomes, including reduced hospital readmission rates. These improved outcomes are driven by both our talented local clinicians and our
data-driven  analytical  approach  to  patient  care  and  risk  stratification.  We  believe  that  our  achievement  of  high-quality  clinical  outcomes  positions  us  as  a
solution for patients and referral sources, leading to census growth and improved profitability.

Diversified  Portfolio  by  Payor  and  Services.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  operated  63  home  health  and  hospice  agencies  and  52  senior  living
communities across 13 states. Because of this diversified portfolio, our blended payor mix was 41.9% Medicare, 13.7% Medicaid, 8.6% managed care and
35.8% private pay for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our balanced payor mix provides greater business stability through economic cycles and mitigates
volatility arising from government-driven reimbursement changes. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated 61.0% of our revenue from home
health and hospice services and 39.0% of our revenue from senior living services. Our diversified service portfolio allows us to opportunistically execute on
our acquisition strategy as valuations fluctuate over industry cycles.

Effective Talent Recruitment, Development and Retention. We believe we have been successful in attracting, developing and retaining outstanding
business and clinical leaders to lead our independent operating subsidiaries. Our unique operating model, which emphasizes local decision making and team
building,  supported  by  our  platform  of  expert  resources  and  best-in-class  systems,  attracts  a  highly  talented  and  entrepreneurial  group  of  leaders.  Our
operational  leaders  are  committed  to  ongoing  training  and  participation  in  regular  leadership  development  and  educational  programs.  We  believe  that  our
commitment  to  professional  development  strengthens  the  quality  of  our  operational  leaders  and  staff  and  will  continue  to  differentiate  us  from  our
competitors.

Labor

The  operation  of  our  home  health  and  hospice  operations  and  senior  living  communities  requires  a  large  number  of  highly  skilled  healthcare
professionals  and  support  staff.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  we  had  approximately  4,700  employees  who  were  employed  by  our  independent  operating
subsidiaries or our Service Center. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 52.3% of our total expenses were payroll related for our operations. Periodically,
market forces, which vary by region, require that we increase wages in excess of general inflation or in excess of increases in reimbursement rates we receive.
We believe that we staff appropriately, focusing primarily on the acuity level and day-to-day needs of our patients and residents. We seek to manage our labor
costs  by  improving  staff  retention,  improving  operating  efficiencies,  maintaining  competitive  wage  rates  and  benefits  and  reducing  reliance  on  overtime
compensation and temporary nursing agency services.

The healthcare industry as a whole has been experiencing shortages of qualified professional clinical staff. We believe that our ability to attract and
retain qualified professional clinical staff stems from our ability to offer attractive wage and benefits packages, a high level of employee training, a culture
that provides incentives for individual efforts and a quality work environment.

Government Regulation

General. The  types  of  laws  and  statutes  affecting  the  regulatory  landscape  of  the  home  health,  hospice  and  senior  living  industries  continue  to
expand. In addition to this changing regulatory environment, federal, state and local officials are increasin5gly focusing their efforts on the enforcement of
these  laws.  In  order  to  operate  our  businesses,  we  must  comply  with  federal,  state  and  local  laws  relating  to,  among  other  things,  licensure,  delivery  and
adequacy of medical care, distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, operating policies, fire prevention, rate-setting, billing and reimbursement,
building  codes  and  environmental  protection.  Additionally,  we  must  also  adhere  to  anti-kickback  statutes,  physician  referral  laws,  and  safety  and  health
standards  set  by  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  (“OSHA”).  Changes  in  the  law  or  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  may  have  an
adverse impact on our methods and costs of doing business.

9

Table of Contents

Our independent operating subsidiaries are also subject to various regulations and licensing requirements promulgated by state and local health and
social  service  agencies  and  other  regulatory  authorities.  Requirements  vary  from  state  to  state  and  these  requirements  can  affect,  among  other  things,
personnel education and training, patient and personnel records, services, staffing levels, monitoring of patient wellness, patient furnishings, housekeeping
services, dietary requirements, emergency plans and procedures, certification and licensing of staff prior to beginning employment, and patient rights. These
laws and regulations could limit our ability to expand into new markets and to expand our services and facilities in existing markets. All providers are subject
to compliance with various federal, state and local statues and regulations in the U.S. and receive periodic inspection by state licensing agencies to review
standards of medical care, equipment and safety.

Medicare. All  providers  are  subject  to  compliance  with  various  federal,  state  and  local  statues  and  regulations  in  the  U.S.  and  receive  periodic

inspection by state licensing agencies to review standards of medical care, equipment and safety.

Conditions  of  Participation. Our  home  health  and  hospice  operations  must  comply  with  regulations  promulgated  by  the  United  States
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”)  and  CMS  in  order  to  participate  in  the  Medicare  program  and  receive  Medicare  payments.
Among other things, these conditions of participation (the “CoPs”), relate to the type of operation, its personnel and its standards of medical care, as
well as its compliance with state and local laws and regulations. On January 13, 2017, CMS issued a final rule that modernized CoPs. This rule is a
continuation of CMS’s effort to improve quality of care while streamlining provider requirements to reduce unnecessary procedural requirements.
The rule made significant revisions to the CoPs, including (1) adding new CoPs related to quality assurance and performance improvement programs
and  infection  control  and  (2)  expanding  or  revising  requirements  related  to  patient  rights,  comprehensive  evaluations,  coordination  and  care
planning,  home  health  aide  training  and  supervision,  and  discharge  and  transfer  summary  and  time  frames.  The  new  CoPs  became  effective  on
January 13, 2018.

Home  Health  Reimbursement,  including  HH  PPS  and  PDGM.  To  qualify  for  home  health  services,  Medicare  CoPs  require  that
beneficiaries (1) be homebound (meaning that the beneficiary is unable to leave his/her home without a considerable and taxing effort); (2) require
intermittent skilled nursing, physical therapy or speech therapy services; (3) have a face to face encounter that (a) has occurred no more than 90 days
prior to the start of care or within 30 days after the start of care, (b) was related to the primary reason the patient requires home health services, and
(c)  was  performed  by  a  physician  or  allowed  non-physician  provider;  and  (4)  receive  treatment  under  a  plan  of  care  established  and  periodically
reviewed by a physician.

Historically, under the Medicare HH PPS, Medicare pays home health agencies a predetermined base payment adjusted for case-mix (the
health condition and care needs of the beneficiary), as well as geographic differences in wages for home health agencies across the country. There
are  also  outlier  payments  to  account  for  beneficiaries  who  incur  unusually  large  costs.  For  patients  that  require  four  or  fewer  visits  during  their
episode of care, HH PPS uses a low-utilization payment adjustment (“LUPA”). Until January 1, 2020, HH PPS provided home health agencies with
payments for each 60-day episode of care for each beneficiary. There are no limits to the number of episodes an eligible beneficiary can receive.

On  October  31,  2019,  CMS  issued  the  final  rule  updating  the  Medicare  HH  PPS  rates  and  wage  index  for  calendar  year  2020  and

implementing the Patient-Driven Groupings Model (“PDGM”). The final rule established a 1.5% increase in the home health base payment.

In the same rule, CMS enacted additional changes to the HH PPS with the implementation of PDGM. The PDGM reimbursement structure
involves case mix calculation methodology refinements, changes to LUPA thresholds, the elimination of therapy thresholds, a change to the unit of
payment from a 60-day episode to a 30-day payment period, and reduction in fiscal year 2020 and full elimination in fiscal year 2021 of requests for
anticipated payments (“RAP”). Effective January 1, 2020, under PDGM the initial certification of patient eligibility, plan of care, and comprehensive
assessment will remain valid for 60-day episodes of care and payments for home health services will be made based upon 30-day periods. During
2020,  we  will  receive  20%  of  the  estimated  payment  for  a  patient’s  initial  or  subsequent  period  of  care  up-front  (after  the  initial  assessment  is
completed and upon initial billing) and the remaining 80% upon submission of the final claim following the 30-day period of care. The anticipated
payment will be completely phased out effective January 1, 2021. CMS implemented PDGM in a budget neutral manner, and CMS assumed home
health  agencies  would  adjust  documentation  and  coding  practices  to  maximize  reimbursement  and  LUPA  avoidance,  including  a  negative  4.36%
behavioral change assumption adjustment in order to calculate the 30-day payment rate. Therefore, the rule’s ultimate impact will vary by provider
based  on  factors  including  case-mix,  admission  source,  and  providers’  ability  to  adapt  to  the  new  reimbursement  model's  coding  and  therapy
thresholds.

10

Table of Contents

Home Health Value Based Purchasing (HH VBP). On January 1, 2016, CMS implemented Home Health Value-Based Purchasing (“HH
VBP”).  The  HH  VBP  model  was  designed  to  give  Medicare-certified  home  health  agencies  incentives  or  penalties,  through  payment  bonuses,  to
drive higher quality and more efficient care. HH VBP was rolled out to nine pilot states: Arizona, Florida, Iowa, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nebraska,
North Carolina, Tennessee and Washington, in three of which Pennant currently has home health operations. Bonuses and penalties began in 2018
with the maximum of plus or minus 3% growing to plus or minus 8% by 2022. Payment adjustments are calculated based on an agency’s improved
performance  in  20  measures,  including  hospital  utilization  (claims-based  measures),  quality  of  care  (OASIS-based  measures),  patient  satisfaction
measured by Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (“CAHPS”) measures, and three new measures that agencies self-report.
The purpose of the HH VBP model is to improve the quality of care delivery through (1) providing incentives for better quality care with greater
efficiency, (2) studying new potential quality and efficiency measures for appropriateness in the home health setting and (3) enhancing the current
public  reporting  process.  Once  the  changes  are  implemented,  Medicare  home  health  payments  will  no  longer  be  based  on  the  number  of  visits
provided, but rather the patient’s medical condition and care needs.

Home Health Star Rating. As a consumer tool for selecting a home health provider, CMS has used a five-star rating model to rate home
health agencies since 2015. This Quality of Patient Care Star Rating is a summary measure of a home health agency’s performance based upon how
well it provides patient care. CMS uses eight measurements indicating quality, including how often the agency initiated care in a timely manner, how
often patients demonstrated improvements in ambulation, bed transferring, bathing, oral medication administration, decreased pain with activity, less
shortness of breath, and decreased need for acute care hospitalization. According to CMS, a 3-star rating means the agency provides good quality of
care. Using CMS’s star rating criteria, our home health agencies have achieved an average of 4.1 out of 5 stars across all agencies compared to the
industry average of 3.5 stars.

Home Health Quality Reporting Requirements. The CoPs require home health agencies to submit quality reporting data through OASIS
assessments  within  30  days  of  completing  the  assessment  of  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  beneficiary  as  a  condition  of  payment  and  for  quality
measurement purposes. If the OASIS assessment is not found in CMS's quality system upon receipt of a final claim for a home health episode and
the receipt date of the claim is more than 30 days after the assessment completion date, CMS will deny the claim. Home health agencies that do not
submit quality measure data to CMS incur a 2% reduction in their annual home health payment update. Under the rule, all home health agencies are
required  to  timely  submit  both  a  Start  of  Care  or  Resumption  of  Care  OASIS  assessment  and  a  Transfer  or  Discharge  OASIS  assessment  for  a
minimum of 90% of all episodes beginning on or after July 1, 2017.

In addition, CMS requires that all Medicare certified home health and hospices participate in the CAHPS Home Health Survey or Hospice
Survey,  respectively.  CAHPS  surveys  are  designed  to  produce  comparable  data  on  the  perspective  of  patients  and  their  caregivers  that  allows
meaningful  and  objective  comparisons  between  agencies.  Home  health  and  hospice  agencies  that  do  not  submit  the  required  data  incur  a  2%
reduction in their annual payment update.

Home Health Pre-Claim Review Demonstration. On June 8, 2016, CMS announced the implementation of a three-year Medicare pre-claim
review  ("PCR")  demonstration  for  home  health  services  provided  to  beneficiaries  in  the  states  of  Illinois,  Florida,  Texas,  Michigan  and
Massachusetts. PCR is a process by which a request for provisional affirmation of coverage is submitted for review before a final claim is submitted
for payment.

On  May  31,  2018,  CMS  issued  a  notice  indicating  its  intention  to  re-launch  a  PCR  demonstration  project  called  Review  Choice
Demonstration (“RCD”) which gives home health agencies in the demonstration states three options: pre-claim review of all claims, post-payment
review of all claims, or minimal post-payment review with a 25% payment reduction for all home health services. RCD initially will apply to home
health  agencies  in  Florida,  Illinois,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  and  Texas,  with  the  option  to  expand  after  five  years  to  other  states  in  the  Medicare
Administrative  Contractor  Jurisdiction  M  (Palmetto).  On  October  21,  2019,  CMS  announced  its  intention  to  proceed  with  implementing  RCD  in
Texas, North Carolina and Florida in 2020. Our home health agencies in Texas, which comprise less than 10% of our home health revenue, began
participating on March 2, 2020.

Home Health Discharge Planning Requirements. On September 26, 2019, CMS issued its post-acute discharge planning rule as part of its
efforts  to  improve  interoperability  between  healthcare  settings.  This  rule,  which  went  into  effect  on  November  29,  2019,  requires  home  health
agencies to provide relevant data on quality and resource use measures to the patient and their caregiver regarding their goals of care and treatment
preferences. This rule also imposes additional documentation requirements pertaining to patients' needs and discharge plan, which must then be able
to be shared with the patient or their treating provider.

11

Table of Contents

Hospice Reimbursement and Cap Amounts. Payments are based on daily rates for each day a beneficiary is enrolled in the hospice benefit
and are subject to two annual caps. Rates are set based on specific levels of care, are adjusted by a wage index to reflect healthcare labor costs across
the country and are established annually through federal legislation. The following are the four levels of care provided under the hospice benefit:

•

Routine  Home  Care  (“RHC”). Care  that  is  not  classified  under  any  of  the  other  levels  of  care,  such  as  the  work  of  nurses,  social
workers or home health aides.

• General  Inpatient  Care.  Pain  control  or  acute  or  chronic  symptom  management  that  cannot  be  managed  in  a  setting  other  than  an

inpatient Medicare-certified facility, such as a hospital, skilled nursing facility or hospice inpatient facility.

•

•

Continuous  Home  Care.  Care  for  patients  experiencing  a  medical  crisis  that  requires  nursing  services  to  achieve  palliation  and
symptom control, if the agency provides a minimum of eight hours of care within a 24-hour period.

Inpatient Respite Care. Short-term, inpatient care to give temporary relief to the caregiver who regularly provides care to the patient.

CMS has established a two-tiered payment system for RHC. Hospices are reimbursed at a higher rate for RHC services provided from days
of  service  one  through  60  and  then  a  lower  rate  for  all  subsequent  days  of  service.  CMS  also  provided  for  a  Service  Intensity  Add-On,  which
increases payments for certain RHC services provided by registered nurses and social workers to hospice patients during the final seven days of life.

On July 31, 2019, CMS issued a final rule that updated the fiscal year 2020 hospice payment rates, wage index and cap amount. The final
rule calls for a 2.6% increase in hospice payment rates for fiscal year 2020. The rule established a rebasing of the continuous home care, general
inpatient care, and the inpatient respite care per diem payment rates in a budget-neutral manner to more accurately align Medicare payments with the
costs of providing care. Specifically, the rule increases these rates by 36.6%, 161.2%, and 31.0%, respectively. In order to maintain budget neutrality,
CMS proposed to correspondingly reduce the RHC payment rate by 2.7%.

Medicare payments are subject to two fixed annual caps, which are assessed on a provider number basis, and are broken into an inpatient
cap amount and an overall payment cap. These cap amounts are calculated and published by the Medicare fiscal intermediary on an annual basis
covering the period from October 1 through September 30. The inpatient cap limits hospice care provided on an inpatient basis. This cap limits the
number of days that are paid at the higher inpatient care rate to 20.0% of the total number of days of hospice care that are provided to all Medicare
beneficiaries served by a provider. The daily rate for all days exceeding the cap is the standard RHC daily rate, and the provider must reimburse
Medicare for any payments received in excess of that amount. The overall payment cap is calculated by the Medicare fiscal intermediary at the end
of each hospice cap period to determine the maximum allowable payments to a hospice provider during the period. We estimate our potential cap
exposure by using available information to compare our actual reimbursement for all hospice services provided during the period to the number of
beneficiaries we served multiplied by the statutory per beneficiary cap amount. If payments received by any one of our hospice provider numbers
exceeds either of these caps, we are required to reimburse Medicare for payments received in excess of the cap amounts. The fiscal year 2019 and
2020 caps are $29,205.44 and $29,964.78, respectively, per beneficiary.

Improving  Medicare  Post-Acute  Care  Transformation  Act  of  2014  (IMPACT  Act).  The  Improving  Medicare  Post-Acute  Care
Transformation Act of 2014 (the “IMPACT Act”) requires the submission of standardized assessment data for quality improvement, payment and
discharge planning purposes across the spectrum of post-acute care providers (“PACs”), including home health agencies. The IMPACT Act requires
PACs  to  report:  (1)  standardized  patient  assessment  data  at  admission  and  discharge;  (2)  new  quality  measures,  including  functional  status,  skin
integrity,  medication  reconciliation,  incidence  of  major  falls,  and  patient  preference  regarding  treatment  and  discharge;  and  (3)  resource  use
measures, including Medicare spending per beneficiary, discharge to community, and hospitalization rates of potentially preventable readmissions
for home health agencies. Failure to report such data when required would subject a PAC to a 2% reduction in market basket prices then in effect.

The IMPACT Act also included provisions impacting Medicare-certified hospices, including (1) increasing survey frequency for Medicare-
certified hospices to once every 36 months, (2) imposing a medical review process for operations with a high percentage of stays in excess of 180
days and (3) updating the annual aggregate Medicare payment cap.

12

Table of Contents

Licensure and Certificates of Need (CON). Home health, hospice and most senior living communities operate under licenses granted by the health
authorities  of  their  respective  states.  Some  states  require  healthcare  providers  (including  home  health,  hospice  and  most  senior  living  providers)  to  obtain
prior state approval for the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare operations, or changes in services. Certain states, including a number in which
we operate, carefully restrict new entrants into the market based on demographic and/or demonstrative usage of additional providers. These states limit the
entry of new providers or services and the expansion of existing providers or services in their markets through a Certificate of Need (“CON”) process, which
is periodically evaluated and updated as required by applicable state law. For those states that require a CON, we must also complete a separate application
process  establishing  a  location  and  must  receive  required  approvals.  Washington  is  the  only  CON  state  in  which  we  operate  home  health  and  hospice
agencies.

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”). Various healthcare reform provisions became law upon enactment of the ACA. The reforms
contained  in  the  ACA  have  affected  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  in  some  manner  and  are  directed  in  large  part  at  increased  quality  and  cost
reductions. Several of the reforms are very significant and could ultimately change the nature of our services, the methods of payment for our services and the
underlying regulatory environment. These reforms include modifications to the conditions of qualification for payment, bundling of payments to cover both
acute and post-acute care and the imposition of enrollment limitations on new providers. The recent congressional elections in the United States and policies
implemented by the current administration have resulted in significant changes in legislation, regulation, implementation of Medicare and/or Medicaid, and
government  policy;  the  upcoming  2020  presidential  and  congressional  elections  could  significantly  alter  the  current  regulatory  framework  and  impact  our
business and the health care industry. We continually monitor these developments so we can respond to the changing regulatory environment impacting our
business.

Hospice Quality Reporting Requirements (“HQRP”). HQRP, mandated by the ACA, requires hospice agencies to submit required quality data for
inclusion on the public facing Hospice Compare website hosted by CMS. Hospices that fail to meet quality reporting requirements receive a 2.0% reduction
to the annual market basket update for the year.

Civil and Criminal Fraud and Abuse Laws and Enforcement. Various complex federal and state laws exist which govern a wide array of referrals,
relationships and arrangements, and prohibit fraud by healthcare providers. Governmental agencies are devoting increasing attention and resources to such
anti-fraud efforts. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (“BBA”) expanded the
penalties for healthcare fraud. Additionally, in connection with our involvement with federal healthcare reimbursement programs, the government or those
acting on its behalf may bring an action under the False Claims Act (“FCA”), alleging that a healthcare provider has defrauded the government by submitting
a claim for items or services not rendered as claimed, which may include coding errors, billing for services not provided, and submitting false or erroneous
cost  reports.  The  Fraud  Enforcement  and  Recovery  Act  of  2009  (“FERA”)  expanded  the  scope  of  the  FCA  by,  among  other  things,  creating  liability  for
knowingly and improperly avoiding repayment of an overpayment received from the government and broadening protections for whistleblowers. The FCA
clarifies that if an item or service is provided in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute, the claim submitted for those items or services is a false claim that
may be prosecuted under the FCA as a false claim. Civil monetary penalties (“CMPs”) under the FCA range from approximately $11,600 to $23,000 and are
adjusted annually for inflation. Under the qui tam or “whistleblower” provisions of the FCA, a private individual with knowledge of fraud may bring a claim
on  behalf  of  the  federal  government  and  receive  a  percentage  of  the  federal  government’s  recovery.  Due  to  these  whistleblower  incentives,  lawsuits  have
become more frequent. Many states also have a false claim prohibition that mirrors or tracks the federal FCA. Federal law also provides that the Office of the
Inspector General for HHS (“OIG”) has the authority to exclude individuals and entities from federally funded health care programs on a number of grounds,
including,  but  not  limited  to,  certain  types  of  criminal  offenses,  licensure  revocations  or  suspensions,  and  exclusion  from  state  or  other  federal  healthcare
programs. In addition, CMS can recover overpayments from health care providers up to five years following the year in which payment was made.

Monitoring Compliance in our Operations. As a healthcare provider, we have a compliance program to help us comply with various requirements
of federal, state and private healthcare programs. Our compliance program includes, among other things, (1) policies and procedures modeled after applicable
laws, regulations, government manuals and industry practices and customs that govern the clinical, reimbursement and operational aspects of our subsidiaries;
(2) training about our compliance process for the employees of our independent operating subsidiaries, our directors and officers; (3) training about Medicare
and  Medicaid  laws,  fraud  and  abuse  prevention,  clinical  standards  and  practices,  and  claim  submission  and  reimbursement  policies  and  procedures  for
appropriate  employees;  and  (4)  internal  controls  that  monitor,  for  example,  the  accuracy  of  claims,  reimbursement  submissions,  cost  reports  and  source
documents,  provision  of  patient  care,  services,  and  supplies  as  required  by  applicable  standards  and  laws,  accuracy  of  clinical  assessment  and  treatment
documentation, and implementation of judicial and regulatory requirements (e.g., background checks, licensing and training).

13

Table of Contents

Additionally, governmental agencies and other authorities periodically inspect our operations to assess our compliance with various standards, rules
and regulations. The robust regulatory and enforcement environment continues to impact healthcare providers, especially in connection with responses to any
alleged noncompliance identified in periodic surveys and other inspections by governmental authorities. Unannounced surveys or inspections generally occur
at least annually at our independent operating subsidiaries and may also follow a government agency's receipt of a complaint about an operation. We are also
subject to regulatory reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments resulting from the Recovery Audit Contractors, Zone Program
Integrity  Contractors,  Program  Safeguard  Contractors,  Unified  Program  Integrity  Contractors,  Supplemental  Medical  Review  Contractors  and  Medicaid
Integrity  Contributors  programs  in  which  third  party  firms  engaged  by  CMS  conduct  extensive  reviews  of  claims  data  and  medical  and  other  records  to
identify potential improper payments under the Medicare programs. We must pass these inspections to maintain our licensure under state law, to obtain or
maintain certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to continue participation in the Veterans Administration (VA) program at some operations,
and/or to comply with our provider contracts with managed care clients at many operations. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare industry, may
receive notices from federal and state regulatory agencies alleging that we failed to substantially comply with applicable standards, rules or regulations. These
notices  may  require  us  to  take  corrective  action,  may  impose  CMPs  for  noncompliance,  and  may  threaten  or  impose  other  operating  restrictions.  If  our
operations fail to comply with these directives or otherwise fail to comply substantially with licensure and certification laws, rules and regulations, we could
lose our certification as a Medicare or Medicaid provider, lose our state licenses to operate and be subject to imposed fines and penalties.

Healthcare operations in our industries with otherwise acceptable regulatory histories are generally given an opportunity to correct deficiencies and
continue  their  participation  in  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  by  a  certain  date,  usually  within  nine  months,  although  where  denial  of  payment  or
similar remedies are asserted, such interim remedies go into effect much sooner. Operations with poor regulatory histories continue to be classified by CMS
as  poor  performing  operations  notwithstanding  any  intervening  change  in  ownership,  unless  the  new  owner  obtains  a  new  Medicare  provider  agreement
instead  of  assuming  the  operation's  existing  agreement.  However,  new  owners  (including  us,  historically)  nearly  always  assume  the  existing  Medicare
provider agreement due to the difficulty and time delays generally associated with obtaining new Medicare certifications, especially in previously-certified
locations  with  sub-par  operating  histories.  Accordingly,  operations  that  have  poor  regulatory  histories  before  we  acquire  them  and  that  develop  new
deficiencies after we acquire them are more likely to have sanctions imposed upon them by CMS or state regulators.

CMS has undertaken several initiatives to increase or intensify Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, including federal oversight
of state actions. CMS is taking steps to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on operations with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of
Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to identify regional or national providers with patterns of noncompliance. In addition, HHS has adopted a rule that
requires CMS to charge user fees to healthcare operations cited during regular certification, recertification or substantiated complaint surveys for deficiencies,
which require a revisit to assure that corrections have been made. CMS is also increasing its oversight of state survey agencies and requiring state agencies to
use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat violations of CMS standards are identified, to investigate complaints
more promptly, and to survey facilities more consistently.

Regulations Regarding Financial Arrangements. We  are  also  generally  subject  to  federal  and  state  laws  that  regulate  financial  arrangements  by

healthcare providers, such as the federal and state anti-kickback laws, the Stark laws, and various state anti-referral laws.

The  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  Section  1128B  of  the  Social  Security  Act  (the  “Anti-Kickback  Statute”)  prohibits  the  knowing  and  willful  offer,
payment, solicitation, or receipt of any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in-kind, to induce the referral of an individual, in
return  for  recommending,  or  to  arrange  for,  the  referral  of  an  individual  for  any  item  or  service  payable  under  any  federal  healthcare  program,  including
Medicare or Medicaid. The OIG has issued regulations that create “safe harbors” for certain conduct and business relationships that are deemed protected
under the Anti-Kickback Statute. In order to receive safe harbor protection, all of the requirements of a safe harbor must be met. The fact that a given business
arrangement  does  not  fall  within  one  of  these  safe  harbors,  however,  does  not  render  the  arrangement  per  se  illegal.  Business  arrangements  of  healthcare
service  providers  that  fail  to  satisfy  the  applicable  safe  harbor  criteria,  if  investigated,  will  be  evaluated  based  upon  all  facts  and  circumstances  and  risk
increased scrutiny and possible sanctions by enforcement authorities.

Violations  of  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  can  result  in  criminal  penalties  of  up  to  $100,000  and  ten  years’  imprisonment.  Violations  of  the  Anti-
Kickback Statute can also result in CMPs of up to $100,000 per violation and an assessment of up to three times the total amount of remuneration offered,
paid, solicited, or received. Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute may also result in an individual’s or organization’s exclusion from future participation in
Medicare, Medicaid and other state and

14

Table of Contents

federal healthcare programs. State Medicaid programs are required to enact an anti-kickback statute. Many states in which we operate have adopted or are
considering similar legislative proposals, some of which extend beyond the Medicaid program, to prohibit the payment or receipt of remuneration for the
referral  of  patients  regardless  of  the  source  of  payment  for  the  care.  We  believe  that  business  practices  of  providers  and  financial  relationships  between
providers have become subject to increased scrutiny as healthcare reform efforts continue at the federal and state levels.

In  addition  to  these  regulations,  we  may  face  adverse  consequences  if  we  violate  the  federal  Stark  laws  related  to  certain  Medicare  physician
referrals. Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” provides that a physician may not refer a Medicare or Medicaid
patient for a “designated health service” to an entity with which the physician or an immediate family member has a financial relationship unless the financial
arrangement meets an exception under the Stark Law or its regulations. Designated health services include inpatient and outpatient hospital services, PT, OT,
SLP, durable medical equipment, prosthetics, orthotics and supplies, diagnostic imaging, enteral and parenteral feeding and supplies, home health services,
and  clinical  laboratory  services.  Under  the  Stark  Law,  a  “financial  relationship”  is  defined  as  an  ownership  or  investment  interest  or  a  compensation
arrangement. If such a financial relationship exists and does not meet a Stark Law exception, the entity is prohibited from submitting or claiming payment
under  the  Medicare  or  Medicaid  programs  or  from  collecting  from  the  patient  or  other  payor.  Many  of  the  compensation  arrangements  exceptions  permit
referrals if, among other things, the arrangement is set forth in a written agreement signed by the parties, the compensation to be paid is set in advance, is
consistent with fair market value and is not determined in a manner that takes into account the volume or value of any referrals or other business generated
between the parties. Exceptions may have other requirements. Any funds collected for an item or service resulting from a referral that violates the Stark Law
must be repaid to Medicare or Medicaid, any other third-party payor, and the patient. In addition, CMPs, which are adjusted for annual inflation, and treble
damages  may  be  imposed  for  presenting  or  causing  to  be  presented,  a  claim  for  a  service  rendered  in  violation  of  the  Stark  Law.  These  CMPs  include  a
penalty of $15,000 per prohibited claim, and up to $100,000 for knowingly entering into certain prohibited cross-referral schemes, and potential exclusion
from Medicare for any person who presents or causes to be presented a bill or claim the person knows or should know is submitted in violation of the Stark
laws. Many states have enacted healthcare provider referral laws that go beyond physician self-referrals or apply to a greater range of services than just the
designated health services under the Stark Law.

Regulations Regarding Patient Record Confidentiality. We are also subject to laws and regulations enacted to protect the confidentiality of patient
health information. For example, HHS has issued rules pursuant to HIPAA, which relate to the privacy of certain patient information. These rules govern our
use and disclosure of protected health information. We have established policies and procedures to comply with HIPAA privacy and security requirements at
our facilities and operations subject to HIPAA. We maintain a company-wide HIPAA compliance plan, which we believe complies with the HIPAA privacy
and security regulations. The HIPAA privacy regulations and security regulations have and will continue to impose significant costs on our facilities in order
to  comply  with  these  standards.  Our  operations  are  also  subject  to  any  federal  or  state  privacy-related  laws  that  are  more  restrictive  than  the  privacy
regulations issued under HIPAA. These laws vary and could impose additional penalties for privacy and security breaches.

Antitrust Laws. We are also subject to federal and state antitrust laws. Enforcement of the antitrust laws against healthcare providers is common, and
antitrust  liability  may  arise  in  a  wide  variety  of  circumstances,  including  third  party  contracting,  physician  relations,  joint  venture,  merger,  affiliation  and
acquisition activities. In some respects, the application of federal and state antitrust laws to healthcare is still evolving, and enforcement activity by federal
and  state  agencies  appears  to  be  increasing.  At  various  times,  healthcare  providers  and  insurance  and  managed  care  organizations  may  be  subject  to  an
investigation by a governmental agency charged with the enforcement of antitrust laws or may be subject to administrative or judicial action by a federal or
state agency or a private party. Violators of the antitrust laws could be subject to criminal and civil enforcement by federal and state agencies, as well as by
private litigants.

Regulations  Specific  to  Senior  Living  Communities.  Senior  living  services  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  private  pay  residents  at  rates  we
establish based upon the needs of the resident, the amount of services we provide the resident, and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition,
Medicaid or other state-specific programs may supplement payments for board and care services provided in senior living communities. A majority of states
provide, or are approved to provide, Medicaid payments for personal care and medical services to some residents in licensed senior living communities under
waivers  granted  by  or  under  Medicaid  state  plans  approved  by  CMS.  State  Medicaid  programs  control  costs  for  assisted  living  and  other  home-  and
community-based services by various means such as restrictive financial and functional eligibility standards, enrollment limits and waiting lists. States that
administer  Medicaid  programs  for  services  in  senior  living  communities  are  responsible  for  monitoring  the  services  at,  and  physical  conditions  of,  the
participating communities. As a result of the growth of assisted living in recent years, states have adopted licensing standards applicable to assisted living
communities. Most state licensing standards apply to assisted living communities regardless of whether they accept Medicaid funding.

15

Table of Contents

Since 2003, CMS has commenced a series of actions to increase its oversight of state quality assurance programs for assisted living communities and
has provided guidance and technical assistance to states to improve their ability to monitor and improve the quality of services paid for through Medicaid
waiver programs. CMS is encouraging state Medicaid programs to expand their use of home- and community-based services as alternatives to institutional
services, pursuant to provisions of the ACA, the 2014 Home and Community Based Services regulation and related guidance to state Medicaid directors, and
other periodic action.

Our senior living segment is subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. As a senior living services provider,
we  face  regulatory  requirements  in  areas  of  air  and  water  quality  control,  medical  and  low-level  radioactive  waste  management  and  disposal,  asbestos
management, response to mold and lead-based paint in our facilities and employee safety.

As an operator of our communities, we also may be required to investigate and remediate hazardous substances that are located on and/or under the
property, including any such substances that may have migrated off, or may have been discharged or transported from the property. Part of our operations
involves the handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and discharge of medical, biological, infectious, toxic, flammable and other hazardous materials,
wastes, pollutants or contaminants. In addition, we are sometimes unable to determine with certainty whether prior uses of our communities and properties or
surrounding properties may have produced continuing environmental contamination or noncompliance, particularly where the timing or cost of making such
determinations is not deemed cost-effective. These activities, as well as the possible presence of such materials in, on and under our properties, may result in
damage to individuals, property or the environment; may interrupt operations or increase costs; may result in legal liability, damages, injunctions or fines;
may result in investigations, administrative proceedings, penalties or other governmental agency actions. Associated costs may not be covered by insurance.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We  are  subject  to  the  reporting  requirements  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  Exchange  Act).  Consequently,  we  are
required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including reports on the following forms: annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act. These reports and other information concerning our company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

You may also find on our website at www.pennantgroup.com electronic copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Such filings are
placed on our website as soon as reasonably possible after they are filed with the SEC. All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in
our website is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all other information set forth in this information statement. The risk factors
generally have been separated into three groups: risks relating to our business and industry, risks relating to the Spin-Off and risks relating to our common
stock. Based on the information currently known to us, we believe that the following information identifies the material risk factors affecting our company in
each of these categories of risks. However, the risks and uncertainties we face are not limited to those set forth in the risk factors described below. Additional
risks  and  uncertainties  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  believe  to  be  immaterial  may  also  adversely  affect  our  business.  In  addition,  past
financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future
periods.

If  any  of  the  following  risks  and  uncertainties  develops  into  actual  events,  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline. You should carefully read the following risk
factors, together with the financial statements, related notes and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on
Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  contain  risks  and  uncertainties.  Please  refer  to  the  section  entitled  "“Cautionary  Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements"” on page 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in connection with your consideration of the risk factors and other important
factors that may affect future results described below.

16

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our revenue could be impacted by federal changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicare.

We  derived  41.9%,  40.5%  and  39.0%  of  our  revenue  from  the  Medicare  program  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,
respectively. In addition, many other payors may use published Medicare rates as a basis for reimbursements. Accordingly, if Medicare reimbursement rates
are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the way these programs pay for services, our business and results of operations
would be adversely affected.

The Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules are subject to frequent change. These include statutory and regulatory changes affecting
base  rates  or  basis  of  payment,  retroactive  rate  adjustments,  annual  caps  that  limit  the  amount  that  can  be  paid  (including  deductible  and  coinsurance
amounts), administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates at which Medicare
reimburses  us  for  our  services.  Budget  pressures  often  lead  the  federal  government  to  reduce  or  place  limits  on  reimbursement  rates  under  Medicare.
Implementation  of  these  and  other  types  of  measure  has  in  the  past  and  could  in  the  future  result  in  substantial  reductions  in  our  revenue  and  operating
margins.  For  example,  due  to  the  federal  sequestration,  an  automatic  2%  reduction  in  Medicare  spending  took  effect  beginning  April  2013.  Subsequent
actions by Congress extended sequestration through 2023.

As discussed in greater detail in Item 1., Government Regulation, Medicare home health reimbursement is undergoing a significant change with the
implementation  of  PDGM.  While  CMS  is  attempting  to  implement  PDGM  in  a  budget  neutral  manner,  this  neutrality  assumes  that  providers  will  make
certain coding and behavioral changes. Therefore, the rule’s ultimate impact will vary by provider based on factors including patient mix, admission source,
and providers’ ability to adapt to the new reimbursement model. For our home health segment, the finalization of these assumptions could negatively impact
our future rate of reimbursement and could have a material adverse effect on our business and consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.

Additionally,  Medicare  payments  can  be  delayed  or  declined  due  to  determinations  that  certain  costs  are  not  reimbursable  or  reasonable  because
either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or considered medically necessary. Additionally,
revenue from these payors can be retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits.
New legislation and regulatory proposals could impose further limitations on government payments to healthcare providers.

In addition, CMS often changes the rules governing the Medicare program, including those governing reimbursement. Changes to the Medicare

program that could adversely affect our business include:

•

•

•

•

•

administrative or legislative changes to base rates or the bases of payment;

limits on the services or types of providers for which Medicare will provide reimbursement;

changes in methodology for patient assessment and/or determination of payment levels;

the reduction or elimination of annual rate increases (See also, Item 1., Government Regulation); or

an increase in co-payments or deductibles payable by beneficiaries.

Among  the  important  statutory  changes  that  are  being  implemented  by  CMS  are  provisions  of  the  IMPACT  Act.  This  law  imposes  a  stringent
timeline for implementing benchmark quality measures and data metrics across post-acute care providers (including home health agencies). The enactment
also mandates specific actions to design a unified payment methodology for post-acute providers. CMS continues to promulgate regulations to implement
provisions  of  this  enactment.  Depending  on  the  final  details,  the  costs  of  implementation  could  be  significant.  The  failure  to  meet  implementation
requirements could expose providers to fines and payment reductions.

Reductions  in  reimbursement  rates  or  the  scope  of  services  being  reimbursed  could  have  a  material,  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue,  financial
condition and results of operations or even result in reimbursement rates that are insufficient to cover our operating costs. Additionally, any delay or default
by  the  government  in  making  Medicare  reimbursement  payments  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

17

Table of Contents

Reductions  in  Medicaid  reimbursement  rates  or  changes  in  the  rules  governing  the  Medicaid  program  could  have  a  material,  adverse  effect  on  our
revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

We derived 13.7%, 12.6% and 12.4% of our revenue from Medicaid programs for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by both state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years,
becoming a significant component of state budgets. This has led the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth
of Medicaid spending, and in some instances, reducing aggregate Medicaid spending. Any budget reductions or delays in these states in which we operate
could adversely affect our net patient service revenue and profitability. Despite present state budget surpluses in many of the states in which we operate, we
can expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for our services, and any such decline could adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.

The  Medicaid  program  and  its  reimbursement  rates  and  rules  are  subject  to  frequent  change  at  both  the  federal  and  state  level.  These  include
statutory  and  regulatory  changes,  rate  adjustments  (including  retroactive  adjustments),  administrative  or  executive  orders  and  government  funding
restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates at which our services are reimbursed by state Medicaid plans. To generate funds to pay for
the  increasing  costs  of  the  Medicaid  program,  many  states  utilize  financial  arrangements  commonly  referred  to  as  provider  taxes.  Under  provider  tax
arrangements, states collect taxes from healthcare providers and then use the revenue to pay the providers as a Medicaid expenditure, which allows the states
to then claim additional federal matching funds on the additional reimbursements. Current federal law provides for a cap on the maximum allowable provider
tax  as  a  percentage  of  the  provider’s  total  revenue.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  federal  law  will  continue  to  provide  matching  federal  funds  on  state
Medicaid  expenditures  funded  through  provider  taxes,  or  that  the  current  caps  on  provider  taxes  will  not  be  reduced.  Any  discontinuance  or  reduction  in
federal matching of provider tax-related Medicaid expenditures could have a significant and adverse effect on states’ Medicaid expenditures, and as a result
could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Reforms to the U.S. healthcare system continue to impose new requirements upon us and may lower our reimbursements.

The ACA included sweeping changes to how healthcare is paid for and furnished in the United States. Applicable to our business, as discussed in

greater detail in Item 1., Government Regulation, the ACA included the following:

•

Sought to address potential fraud and abuse in federal healthcare programs by, among other things, (1) implementing screenings and enhanced
oversight  periods  for  new  providers  and  suppliers,  (2)  providing  enhanced  penalties  for  submitting  false  claims,  (3)  providing  funding  for
enhanced  anti-fraud  activities,  and  (4)  providing  the  federal  government  with  expanded  authority  to  suspend  payment  if  a  provider  is
investigated for allegations or issues of fraud.

• Gave  authority  to  HHS  to  establish,  test  and  evaluate  alternative  payment  methodologies  for  Medicare  services,  many  of  which  have  been
developed,  focusing  on  incentives  for  providers  to  coordinate  patient  care  across  the  continuum  and  to  be  jointly  accountable  for  an  entire
episode of care centered around a hospitalization.

• Working to improve the healthcare delivery system through incentives to enhance quality, improve beneficiary outcomes and increase value of
care,  with  one  of  these  key  delivery  system  reforms  being  the  encouragement  of  Accountable  Care  Organizations  (“ACOs”)  to  facilitate
coordination  and  cooperation  among  providers  to  improve  the  quality  of  care  for  Medicare  beneficiaries  and  reduce  unnecessary  costs.
Participating  ACOs  that  meet  specified  quality  performance  standards  are  eligible  to  receive  a  share  of  any  savings  if  the  actual  per  capita
expenditures of their assigned Medicare beneficiaries are a sufficient percentage below their specified benchmark amount.

•

Required HHS to develop a plan to implement a value-based purchasing program for Medicare payments to home health agencies, including
measures  and  performance  standards  regarding  preventable  hospital  readmissions.  As  part  of  this  mandate,  on  January  1,  2016  CMS
implemented  HH  VBP,  which  rewards  home  health  agencies  with  incentive  payments  based  on  the  quality  of  care  they  provide  to  Medicare
beneficiaries.

CMS will continue to issue rules to implement the ACA. Courts will continue to interpret and apply the ACA’s provisions. We cannot predict what
effect these changes will have on our business, including the demand for our services or the amount of reimbursement available for those services. However,
it is possible these new laws may lower reimbursement or increase the cost of doing business and adversely affect our business.

Additionally, as discussed below under the heading “Our business may be materially impacted if certain aspects of the ACA are amended, repealed,
or  successfully  challenged,”  any  further  amendments  or  revisions  to  the  ACA  or  its  implementing  regulations  could  materially  impact  our  business.
Moreover, the upcoming presidential and congressional elections in the United States could result in significant changes in, and uncertainty with respect to,
legislation, regulation, implementation or repeal of laws and rules related to government health programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. This includes
Democratic

18

Table of Contents

proposals  for  Medicare  for  All  or  significant  expansion  of  Medicare,  which  could  significantly  impact  our  business  and  the  healthcare  industry.  We
continually monitor these developments in order to respond to the changing regulatory environment impacting our business.

Our business may be materially impacted if certain aspects of the ACA are amended, repealed, or successfully challenged.

A number of lawsuits have been filed challenging various aspects of the ACA and related regulations. In addition, the efficacy of the ACA is the
subject of much debate among members of Congress and the public. On December 14, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas held
the individual mandate provision, and therefore the entirety of the ACA, unconstitutional. This ruling was appealed to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals,
which issued its decision on December 18, 2019, partially affirming the district court’s decision, finding the individual mandate to be unconstitutional and
remanding the case to the district court for additional analysis on whether the individual mandate provision was severable from the remainder of the ACA.
The case has been appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. Other unrelated cases challenging the ACA or related rules have had inconsistent outcomes—some
expand the ACA while others limit the ACA. Thus, the future impact of the ACA on our business is difficult to predict. The uncertainty as to the future of the
ACA may negatively impact our business, as will any material changes to the ACA.

Presidential  and  Congressional  elections  in  the  United  States  could  result  in  significant  changes  to,  and  uncertainty  with  respect  to,  legislation,
regulation,  implementation  or  repeal  of  the  ACA,  and  other  federal  health  program  policy  that  could  significantly  impact  our  business  and  the  healthcare
industry.  In  the  event  that  legal  challenges  are  successful,  or  the  ACA  is  repealed  or  materially  amended,  particularly  any  elements  of  the  ACA  that  are
beneficial to our business or that cause changes in the health insurance industry, including reimbursement and coverage by private, Medicare or Medicaid
payers, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed. While it is not possible to predict whether and when any such changes will
occur, specific proposals discussed during and after the election, including a repeal or material amendment of the ACA, could harm our business, operating
results and financial condition. In addition, even if the ACA is not amended or repealed, the President and the executive branch of the federal government, as
well  as  CMS  and  HHS  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  implementation  of  the  provisions  of  the  ACA,  and  a  new  administration  could  make  changes
impacting  the  implementation  and  enforcement  of  the  ACA,  which  could  harm  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial condition.  If  we  are  slow  or
unable to adapt to any such changes, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We  are  subject  to  various  government  reviews,  audits  and  investigations  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  including  an  obligation  to  refund
amounts previously paid to us, potential criminal charges, the imposition of fines, and/or the loss of our right to participate in Medicare and Medicaid
programs.

As discussed in greater detail in Item 1., Government Regulation, as a result of our participation in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, we are
subject to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. We are
subject to regulatory reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments resulting from the Recovery Audit Contractors, Zone Program
Integrity  Contractors,  Program  Safeguard  Contractors,  Unified  Program  Integrity  Contractors,  Supplemental  Medical  Review  Contractors  and  Medicaid
Integrity  Contributors  programs,  in  which  third  party  firms  engaged  by  CMS  conduct  extensive  reviews  of  claims  data  and  medical  and  other  records  to
identify potential improper payments under the Medicare programs. Private pay sources also reserve the right to conduct audits. We believe that billing and
reimbursement  errors  and  disagreements  are  common  in  our  industry.  We  are  regularly  engaged  in  reviews,  audits  and  appeals  of  our  claims  for
reimbursement due to the subjectivities inherent in the process related to patient diagnosis and care, record keeping, claims processing and other aspects of the
patient  service  and  reimbursement  processes,  and  the  errors  and  disagreements  those  subjectivities  can  produce.  An  adverse  review,  audit  or  investigation
could result in:

•

•

•

•

•

an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from private payors, in amounts that
could be material to our business;

state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

loss of our right to participate in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;

an increase in private litigation against us; and

damage to our reputation in various markets.

All findings of overpayment from CMS contractors are eligible for appeal through the CMS defined continuum. With the exception of rare findings

of overpayment related to objective errors in Medicare payment methodology or claims

19

Table of Contents

processing,  we  utilize  all  defenses  reasonably  available  to  us  to  demonstrate  that  the  services  provided  meet  all  clinical  and  regulatory  requirements  for
reimbursement.

In  cases  where  claim  and  documentation  review  by  any  CMS  contractor  results  in  repeated  poor  performance,  an  operation  can  be  subjected  to
protracted  oversight.  This  oversight  may  include  repeat  education  and  re-probe,  extended  pre-payment  review,  referral  to  recovery  audit  or  integrity
contractors, or extrapolation of an error rate to other reimbursement outside of specifically reviewed claims. Sustained failure to demonstrate improvement
towards meeting all claim filing and documentation requirements could ultimately lead to Medicare decertification.

Additionally, both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous

ongoing investigations of healthcare companies. The focus of these investigations includes, among other things:

•

•

•

cost reporting and billing practices;

quality of care;

financial relationships with referral sources; and

• medical necessity of services provided.

If any of our affiliated operations are decertified or loses its licenses, our revenue, financial condition or results of operations would be adversely
affected. In addition, the report of such issues at any of our affiliated operations could harm our reputation for quality care and lead to a reduction in the
patient  referrals  of  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  and  ultimately  a  reduction  in  census  at  these  operations.  Also,  responding  to  auditing  and
enforcement efforts diverts material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental impact on
our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings, regardless of whether we prevail on the underlying claim.

If the government or court were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies constituted criminal violations, or were to conclude that such errors and
deficiencies resulted in the submission of false claims to federal healthcare programs, or if it were to discover other problems in addition to the ones identified
by the probe reviews that rose to actionable levels, we and certain of our officers might face potential criminal charges and/or civil claims, administrative
sanctions and penalties for amounts that could be material to our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we and/or some of the
key  personnel  of  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  could  be  temporarily  or  permanently  excluded  from  future  participation  in  state  and  federal
healthcare  reimbursement  programs  such  as  Medicaid  and  Medicare.  In  any  event,  it  is  likely  that  a  governmental  investigation  alone,  regardless  of  its
outcome, would divert material time, resources and attention from our leaders and employees, and could have a materially detrimental impact on our results
of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings.

We are subject to extensive and complex federal and state government laws and regulations. If we are not operating in compliance with these laws and
regulations or if these laws and regulations change, we could be required to make significant expenditures or change our operations in order to bring our
operations into compliance.

We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal,

state and local government levels relating to, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

operation and professional licensure, certificates of need, permits and other government approvals;

adequacy and quality of healthcare services;

qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;

quality of medical equipment;

confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and claims processing;

relationships with physicians and other referral sources and recipients;

constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients and third-party payors;

operating policies and procedures;

certification of additional providers by the Medicare or Medicaid program; and

payment for services.

20

Table of Contents

The  laws  and  regulations  governing  our  operations,  along  with  the  terms  of  participation  in  various  government  programs,  regulate  how  we  do
business, the services we offer, and our interactions with patients and other healthcare providers. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent change.
We  believe  that  such  regulations  may  increase  in  the  future  and  we  cannot  predict  the  ultimate  content,  timing  or  impact  on  us  of  any  healthcare  reform
legislation. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations, could negatively impact our business. If we fail to comply
with these applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties and other detrimental consequences, including denial of reimbursement,
imposition of fines, temporary suspension of admission of new patients, suspension or decertification from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, restrictions
on our ability to acquire new operations or expand or operate existing operations, the loss of our licenses to operate and the loss of our ability to participate in
federal and state reimbursement programs. Additionally, in the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our
current  or  past  practices  to  allegations  of  impropriety  or  illegality  or  could  require  us  to  make  changes  in  our  operations,  equipment,  personnel,  services,
capital expenditure programs and operating expenses.

As discussed in greater detail in Item 1., Government Regulation, we are subject to federal and state laws, such as the FCA, state false claims acts,
the  illegal  remuneration  provisions  of  the  Social  Security  Act,  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  state  anti-kickback  laws,  the  Civil  Monetary  Penalties  Law  and
federal  Stark  law.  Among  other  things,  these  laws  prohibit  kickbacks,  bribes  and  rebates,  as  well  as  other  direct  and  indirect  payments  or  fee-splitting
arrangements that are designed to induce the referral of patients to a particular provider for medical products or services payable by any federal healthcare
program, and prohibit presenting a false or misleading claim for payment under a federal or state program. They also prohibit some physician self-referrals.
Possible sanctions for violation of any of these restrictions or prohibitions include loss of eligibility to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs
and civil and criminal penalties. Changes in these laws could increase our cost of doing business. If we fail to comply, even inadvertently, with any of these
requirements,  we  could  be  required  to  alter  our  operations,  refund  payments  to  the  government,  enter  into  a  corporate  integrity  agreement,  deferred
prosecution or similar agreements with state or federal government agencies, and become subject to significant civil and criminal penalties.

These  anti-fraud  and  abuse  laws  and  regulations  are  complex,  and  we  do  not  always  have  the  benefit  of  significant  regulatory  or  judicial
interpretation  of  these  laws  and  regulations.  While  we  do  not  believe  we  are  in  violation  of  these  prohibitions,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  governmental
officials charged with the responsibility for enforcing these prohibitions will not assert that we are violating the provisions of such laws and regulations.

We  are  unable  to  predict  the  future  course  of  federal,  state  and  local  regulation  or  legislation,  including  Medicare  and  Medicaid  statutes  and
regulations  related  to  fraud  and  abuse,  the  intensity  of  federal  and  state  enforcement  actions  or  the  extent  and  size  of  any  potential  sanctions,  fines  or
penalties.  Changes  in  the  regulatory  framework,  our  failure  to  obtain  or  renew  required  regulatory  approvals  or  licenses  or  to  comply  with  applicable
regulatory requirements, the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our disqualification from participation in federal and state reimbursement programs,
or the imposition of other enforcement sanctions, fines or penalties could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of
operations.  Furthermore,  should  we  lose  licenses  or  certifications  for  a  number  of  our  operations  as  a  result  of  regulatory  action  or  legal  proceedings,  we
could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness.

Public and government calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts toward the home health, hospice and senior living industries could result in
increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies. In addition, potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies could
negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The intensified and evolving enforcement environment impacts providers like us because of the increase in the scope or number of inspections or
surveys  by  governmental  authorities  and  the  severity  of  consequent  citations  for  alleged  failure  to  comply  with  regulatory  requirements.  We  also  divert
personnel  resources  to  respond  to  federal  and  state  investigations,  audits  and  other  enforcement  actions.  The  diversion  of  these  resources,  including  our
management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others, takes away from the time and energy that these individuals could otherwise spend on routine
operations.

As discussed in Item 1., Government Regulation, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, we receive deficiency reports from state and
federal regulatory bodies resulting from such inspections or surveys. The focus of these deficiency reports tends to vary from year to year and state to state.
Although most inspection deficiencies are resolved through an agreed-upon plan of corrective action, the reviewing agency typically has the authority to take
further  action  against  a  licensed  or  certified  operation,  which  could  result  in  the  imposition  of  fines,  imposition  of  a  provisional  or  conditional  license,
suspension or revocation of a license, suspension of new admission or bed holds, loss of certification as a provider under state or federal healthcare programs,
or imposition of other sanctions, including criminal penalties.

21

Table of Contents

Furthermore, in some states, citations in one operation can impact other operations in the state. Revocation of a license or decertification at a given
operation could therefore impair our ability to obtain new licenses or to renew existing licenses at other operations, which may also trigger defaults or cross-
defaults under our leases and our credit arrangements, or adversely affect our ability to operate or obtain financing in the future. If state or federal regulators
were to determine, formally or otherwise, that one operation’s regulatory history ought to impact another of our existing or prospective communities, this
could also increase costs, result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies, and even impact our expansion plans. Therefore, our failure to
comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in any single operation could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations as
a whole.

In addition, from time to time, we may opt to voluntarily stop accepting new patients pending completion of a new state survey, in order to avoid
straining staff and other resources while retraining staff, upgrading operating systems or making other operational improvements. If we elect to voluntarily
close  any  operations  in  the  future  or  opt  to  stop  accepting  new  patients  pending  completion  of  a  state  or  federal  survey,  it  could  negatively  impact  our
financial  condition  and  results  of  operation.  We  did  not  incur  material  losses  of  revenue  related  to  denial  of  payment  status  due  to  findings  of  continued
regulatory deficiencies in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Future cost containment initiatives undertaken by payors may limit our future revenue and profitability.

Our Managed Care revenue and profitability may be affected by continuing efforts of third-party payors to maintain or reduce costs of healthcare by
lowering  payment  rates,  narrowing  the  scope  of  covered  services  and  network  providers,  increasing  case  management  review  of  services  and  negotiating
pricing. In addition, sustained unfavorable economic conditions may affect the number of patients enrolled in managed care programs and the profitability of
managed  care  companies,  which  could  result  in  reduced  revenue.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  third-party  payors  will  make  timely  payments  for  our
services, or that we will continue to maintain our current payor or revenue mix. We are continuing our efforts to develop our Ma sources of revenue and any
changes in payment levels from current or future third-party payors could have a material adverse effect on our business and combined financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.

Increased competition for, or a shortage of, nurses and other skilled personnel could increase our staffing and labor costs and subject us to monetary
fines.

Our success depends upon our ability to retain and attract nurses, certified nurse assistants, social workers and speech, physical and occupational
therapists. Our success also depends upon our ability to retain and attract skilled personnel who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our
affiliated operations. Each operation has a leader responsible for the overall day-to-day operations of the business, including quality of care, social services
and financial performance. Depending upon the size of the operation, each leader is supported by staff that is directly responsible for day-to-day care of the
patients, marketing and community outreach programs. We compete with various healthcare service providers in retaining and attracting qualified and skilled
personnel.

Increased competition for, or a shortage of, nurses or other trained personnel, or general inflationary pressures may require that we enhance our pay
and  benefits  packages  to  compete  effectively  for  such  personnel.  We  may  not  be  able  to  offset  such  added  costs  by  increasing  the  rates  we  charge  to  the
patients of our business. Turnover rates and the magnitude of the shortage of nurses or other trained personnel vary substantially from operation to operation.
An increase in costs associated with, or a shortage of, skilled nurses, could negatively impact our independent operating subsidiaries. In addition, if we fail to
attract  and  retain  qualified  and  skilled  personnel,  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries’  ability  to  conduct  their  business  operations  effectively  could  be
harmed.

We depend on our management team and local leaders, and the loss of their services could harm our business.

We believe that our success depends in part on the continued services of our executive management and local leadership teams. The loss of such key
personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and could adversely affect our strategic relationships and impede our ability to execute our
business strategies. The market for qualified individuals may be highly competitive and finding and recruiting suitable replacements for our leaders may be
difficult, time consuming and costly.

22

Table of Contents

Our hospice independent operating subsidiaries are subject to annual Medicare caps calculated by Medicare. If such caps were to be exceeded by any of
our hospice providers, our business and combined financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

With respect to our hospice independent operating subsidiaries, overall payments made by Medicare to each provider number are subject to caps
calculated by Medicare, as discussed in greater detail in Item 1, Government Regulation. If payments received by any one of our hospice provider numbers
exceeds either of these caps, we are required to reimburse Medicare for payments received in excess of the caps, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business and consolidated and combined financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Security breaches and other cyber-security incidents could violate security laws and subject us to significant liability. 

Our business is dependent on the proper functioning and availability of our computer systems and networks. While we have taken steps to protect the
safety and security of our information systems and the patient health information and other data maintained within those systems, we cannot assure you that
our safety and security measures and disaster recovery plan will prevent damage, interruption, or breach of our information systems and operations. Because
the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and may be difficult to detect, we may
be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. In addition, hardware, software or applications we develop or procure
from  third  parties  may  contain  defects  in  design  or  manufacture  or  other  problems  that  could  unexpectedly  compromise  the  security  of  our  information
systems. Unauthorized parties may attempt to gain access to our systems or operations, or those of third parties with whom we do business, through fraud or
other forms of deceiving our employees or contractors.

On occasion, we have acquired additional information systems through our business acquisitions. We have upgraded and expanded our information
system  capabilities  and  have  committed  significant  resources  to  maintain,  protect,  enhance  existing  systems  and  develop  new  systems  to  keep  pace  with
continuing changes in technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, and changing customer preferences.

We  license  certain  third-party  software  to  support  our  operations  and  information  systems.  Our  inability,  or  the  inability  of  third-party  software
providers, to continue to maintain and upgrade our information systems and software could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. In addition,
costs  and  potential  problems  and  interruptions  associated  with  the  implementation  of  new  or  upgraded  systems  and  technology  or  with  maintenance  or
adequate support of existing systems also could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

A cyber-security attack or other incident that bypasses our information systems security could cause a security breach which may lead to a material
disruption  to  our  information  systems  infrastructure  or  business  and  may  involve  a  significant  loss  of  business  or  otherwise  compromise  patient  health
information. If a cyber-security attack or other unauthorized attempt to access our systems or operations were to be successful, it could result in the theft,
destruction,  loss,  misappropriation  or  release  of  confidential  information  or  intellectual  property,  and  could  cause  operational  or  business  delays  that  may
materially impact our ability to provide various healthcare services. Any successful cyber-security attack or other unauthorized attempt to access our systems
or  operations  also  could  result  in  negative  publicity  which  could  damage  our  reputation  or  brand  with  our  patients,  referral  sources,  payors  or  other  third
parties and could subject us to substantial penalties under HIPAA and other federal and state privacy laws, including, for example, the California Consumer
Privacy Act, which went into effect January 2020 and includes a private right of action that may expose us to private litigation regarding our privacy practices
and significant damages awards or settlements in civil litigation.

Failure to maintain the security and functionality of our information systems and related software, or a failure to defend a cyber-security attack or
other attempt to gain unauthorized access to our systems, operations or patient health information could expose us to a number of adverse consequences, the
vast majority of which are not insurable, including but not limited to disruptions in our operations, regulatory and other civil and criminal penalties, fines,
investigations  and  enforcement  actions  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  arising  from  the  SEC,  Federal  Trade  Commission,  the  OIG  or  state  attorneys
general), fines, private litigation with those affected by the data breach, loss of customers, disputes with payors and increased operating expense, which either
individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

23

Table of Contents

The OIG or other regulatory authorities may choose to more closely scrutinize billing practices in areas where we operate or propose to expand, which
could result in an increase in regulatory monitoring and oversight, decreased reimbursement rates, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Efforts  by  officials  and  others  to  make  or  advocate  for  any  increase  in  regulatory  monitoring  and  oversight,  reduce  payment  rates,  revise
methodologies for assessing and treating patients, conduct more frequent or intense reviews of our treatment and billing practices, or implement moratoria in
areas  where  we  operate  or  propose  to  expand,  could  reduce  our  reimbursement,  increase  our  costs  of  doing  business  and  otherwise  adversely  affect  our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

In July 2019, the OIG released a report entitled “Hospice Deficiencies Pose Risks to Medicare Beneficiaries.” The report reviewed the results of
hospice surveys conducted from 2012 to 2016 and found that 87% of hospices had a deficiency during that period. Twenty percent had a serious (condition-
level) deficiency. One third of hospices had complaints filed against them and half of those were severe. Previous reports have identified that improper billing
by hospices costs Medicare hundreds of millions of dollars each year, including billing for ineligible patients, improper levels of care, duplicative services,
and other forms of fraud.

CMS remains committed to implementing a plan for oversight of home health agencies through Supplemental Medical Review Contractor audits of
every home health agency in the country. In addition, in many of its recent Work Plans, the OIG indicated that it will review compliance with various aspects
which impact reimbursement to home health or hospice providers, including the documentation in support of the claims paid by Medicare.

State efforts to regulate or deregulate the healthcare services industry or the construction or expansion of the number of home health, hospice or senior
living operations could impair our ability to expand or result in increased competition.

As  discussed  in  greater  detail  in  Item  1.,  Government Regulation,  our  ability  to  acquire  or  establish  new  home  health,  hospice  or  senior  living
operations or expand or provide new services at existing operations would be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain required the necessary approvals, if
there are changes in the standards applicable to those approvals, or if we experience delays and increased expenses associated with obtaining those approvals.
We may not be able to obtain licensure, CON approval, Medicare or Medicaid certification, Attorney General approval or other necessary approvals for future
expansion projects.

Conversely,  and  specific  to  the  highly  competitive  industry  of  senior  living,  the  elimination  or  reduction  of  state  regulations  that  limit  the
construction, expansion or renovation of new or existing communities could result in increased competition to us. In general, regulatory and other barriers to
entry into the senior living industry are not prohibitive. Over the last several years, there has been a significant increase in the construction of new senior
living communities, including in many of the states where we provide services. This new construction has resulted in increased competition in many of our
markets. Such new competition may limit our ability to attract new residents, raise rents or otherwise expand our senior living business, which could have a
material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and cash flow.

Changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.

Our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  federal  and  state  employment-related  laws  and  regulations,  including,  but  not
limited to, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime and other working conditions, the Americans with
Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) and similar state laws that provide civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public
accommodations and other areas, the National Labor Relations Act, regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the Office
of Civil Rights, regulations of state Attorneys General, family leave mandates and a variety of similar laws enacted by the federal and state governments that
govern  these  and  other  employment  law  matters.  Because  labor  represents  such  a  large  portion  of  our  operating  costs,  changes  in  federal  and  state
employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.

The  compliance  costs  associated  with  these  laws  and  evolving  regulations  could  be  substantial.  For  example,  all  of  our  affiliated  operations  are
required to comply with the ADA. The ADA has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial properties,” but generally
requires that buildings be made accessible to people with disabilities. Compliance with ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and non-
compliance could result in imposition of government fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Further legislation may impose additional burdens or
restrictions with respect to access by disabled persons. In addition, federal proposals to introduce a system of mandated health insurance and flexible work
time and other similar initiatives could, if implemented, adversely affect our operations. We

24

Table of Contents

also may be subject to employee-related claims such as wrongful discharge, discrimination or violation of equal employment law. While we are insured for
these  types  of  claims,  we  could  experience  damages  that  are  not  covered  by  our  insurance  policies  or  that  exceed  our  insurance  limits,  and  we  may  be
required to pay such damages directly, which would negatively impact our cash flow from operations.

Required regulatory approvals could delay or prohibit transfers of our healthcare operations, which could result in periods in which we are unable to
receive reimbursement for such properties.

The  operations  of  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  must  be  licensed  under  applicable  state  law  and,  depending  upon  the  type  of  operation,
certified or approved as providers under the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs. In the process of acquiring or transferring operating assets, our operations
must receive change of ownership approvals from state licensing agencies, Medicare and Medicaid, and third party payors. If there are any delays in receiving
regulatory approvals from the applicable federal, state or local government agencies, or the inability to receive such approvals, such delays could result in
delayed or lost reimbursement related to periods of service prior to the receipt of such approvals.

Compliance with federal and state fair housing, fire, safety and other regulations may require us to make unanticipated expenditures, which could be
costly to us.

We must comply with the federal Fair Housing Act and similar state laws, which prohibit us from discriminating against individuals if it would cause
such individuals to face barriers in gaining residency in any of our affiliated communities. Additionally, the Fair Housing Act and other similar state laws
require  that  we  advertise  our  services  in  such  a  way  that  we  promote,  and  not  limit,  diversity.  We  may  be  required,  among  other  things,  to  change  our
marketing techniques to comply with these requirements.

In addition, we are required to operate our affiliated communities in compliance with applicable fire and safety regulations, building codes and other
land use regulations and food licensing or certification requirements as they may be adopted by governmental agencies and bodies from time to time. Surveys
occur on a regular (often annual or biannual) schedule, and special surveys may result from a specific complaint filed by a patient, a family member or one of
our competitors. We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to comply with these requirements.

We  depend  largely  upon  reimbursement  from  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  other  third-party  payors,  and  our  revenue,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  could  be  negatively  impacted  by  any  changes  in  the  acuity  mix  of  patients  in  our  affiliated  operations  as  well  as  payor  mix  and  payment
methodologies.

Our  revenue  is  determined  in  part  by  the  acuity  of  home  health  and  hospice  patients  and  senior  living  residents.  Changes  in  the  acuity  level  of
patients we attract, as well as our payor mix among Medicare, Medicaid, managed care organizations and private payors, significantly affect our profitability
because we generally receive higher reimbursement rates for high acuity patients and because the payors reimburse us at different rates. For the years ended
December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017  55.6%,  53.1%,  and  51.4%,  respectively,  of  our  revenue  was  provided  by  government  payors  that  reimburse  us  at
predetermined rates. If our labor or other operating costs increase, we will be unable to recover such increased costs from government payors. Accordingly, if
we fail to maintain our proportion of high acuity patients or if there is any significant increase in the percentage of the patients of our independent operating
subsidiaries for whom we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs may adversely affect our business. Among other
initiatives, these payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that
this  trend  will  continue  and  may  limit  reimbursements  for  healthcare  services.  If  insurers  or  managed  care  companies  from  whom  we  receive  substantial
payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates.

Compliance with state and federal employment, immigration, licensing and other laws could increase our cost of doing business.

Our independent operating subsidiaries have hired personnel, including nurses and therapists, from outside the United States. If immigration laws are
changed, or if new and more restrictive government regulations proposed by the Department of Homeland Security are enacted, our access to qualified and
skilled personnel may be limited.

Our subsidiaries operate in at least one state that requires them to verify employment eligibility using procedures and standards that exceed those

required under federal Form I-9 and the statutes and regulations related thereto. Proposed federal

25

Table of Contents

regulations would extend similar requirements to all of the states in which our affiliated operations operate. To the extent that such proposed regulations or
similar measures become effective, and our subsidiaries are required by state or federal authorities to verify work authorization or legal residence for current
and prospective employees beyond existing Form I-9 requirements and other statutes and regulations currently in effect, it may make it more difficult for our
subsidiaries  to  recruit,  hire  and/or  retain  qualified  employees,  may  increase  our  risk  of  non-compliance  with  state  and  federal  employment,  immigration,
licensing and other laws and regulations and could increase our cost of doing business.

We are subject to litigation that could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards.

Our business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of the patients and residents of our independent operating subsidiaries
and the services we provide. The healthcare industry has experienced an increased trend in the number and severity of litigation claims, due in part to the
number  of  large  verdicts,  including  large  punitive  damage  awards.  These  claims  are  filed  based  upon  a  wide  variety  of  claims  and  theories,  including
deficiencies  under  conditions  of  participation  under  certain  state  and  federal  healthcare  programs.  Plaintiffs’  attorneys  have  become  increasingly  more
aggressive in their pursuit of claims against healthcare providers, including home health, hospice and senior living providers, employing a wide variety of
advertising and solicitation activities to generate more claims. The defense of lawsuits has in the past, and may in the future, result in significant legal costs,
regardless  of  the  outcome.  Additionally,  increases  to  the  frequency  and/or  severity  of  losses  from  such  claims  and  suits  may  result  in  increased  liability
insurance premiums and/or a decline in available insurance coverage levels, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

Healthcare  litigation  (including  professional  liability  and  class  action  litigation)  is  common  and  is  filed  based  upon  a  wide  variety  of  claims  and
theories, and we are routinely subjected to varying types of claims. Future claims could be brought that may materially affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations. Other claims and suits, including class actions, could be filed against us and other companies in our industry. For example, there has
been an increase in the number of wage and hour class action claims filed in several of the jurisdictions where we are present. Allegations typically include
claimed  failures  to  permit  or  properly  compensate  for  meal  and  rest  periods,  or  failure  to  pay  for  time  worked.  If  there  were  a  significant  increase  in  the
number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing should plaintiffs be successful in their prosecution of these claims, this could have a material adverse
effect  to  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  In  addition,  we  contract  with  a  variety  of  landlords,  lenders,  vendors,
suppliers, consultants and other individuals and businesses. These contracts typically contain covenants and default provisions. If the other party to one or
more of our contracts were to allege that we have violated the contract terms, we could be subject to civil liabilities which could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.

Were litigation to be instituted against one or more of our subsidiaries, a successful plaintiff might attempt to hold us or another subsidiary liable for
the  alleged  wrongdoing  of  the  subsidiary  principally  targeted  by  the  litigation.  If  a  court  in  such  litigation  decided  to  disregard  the  corporate  form,  the
resulting judgment could increase our liability and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct regular internal investigations into the care delivery, recordkeeping and billing processes of our independent operating subsidiaries. These
reviews sometimes detect instances of noncompliance which we attempt to correct, which can decrease our revenue.

As  discussed  under  Item  1.,  Monitoring Compliance in our Operations,  we  have  internal  compliance  policies  and  procedures,  including  ongoing
monitoring and controls. From time to time, our systems and controls highlight potential compliance issues, which we investigate as they arise. Historically,
we have, and would continue to do so in the future, initiated internal inquiries into possible recordkeeping and related irregularities. Through these internal
inquiries, we have identified potential deficiencies in the assessment of and recordkeeping for small subsets of patients. We have also identified and, at the
conclusion of such investigations, assisted in implementing, targeted improvements in the assessment and recordkeeping practices to make them consistent
with  the  existing  standards  and  policies.  We  continue  to  monitor  the  measures  implemented  for  effectiveness  and  perform  follow-up  reviews  to  ensure
compliance. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the
claim adjustment becomes known.

If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, we will accrue additional liabilities for claim
costs and interest and repay any amounts due in normal course. Furthermore, failure to refund overpayments within required time frames (as described in
greater detail under Item 1., Government Regulation) could result in FCA liability. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing
and reimbursement noncompliance

26

Table of Contents

which  could  require  us  to  record  significant  additional  provisions  or  remit  payments,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be
materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.

We  may  be  unable  to  complete  future  acquisitions  at  attractive  prices  or  at  all,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  revenue  growth;  we  may  also  elect  to
dispose of underperforming or non-strategic independent operating subsidiaries, which would decrease our revenue.

To date, our revenue growth has been significantly accelerated by our acquisition of new operations. Subject to general market conditions and the
availability of essential resources and leadership within our company, we continue to seek home health, hospice and senior living acquisition opportunities
that are consistent with our geographic, financial and operating objectives.

We face competition for the acquisition of operations and businesses and expect this competition to increase. Based upon factors such as our ability
to identify suitable acquisition candidates, the purchase price of the operations, prevailing market conditions, the availability of leadership to manage new
operations  and  our  own  willingness  to  take  on  new  operations,  the  rate  at  which  we  have  historically  acquired  home  health,  hospice  and  senior  living
operations has fluctuated significantly. In the future, we anticipate the rate at which we may acquire these operations will continue to fluctuate, which may
affect our revenue growth.

We  have  also  historically  acquired  a  few  operations,  either  because  they  were  included  in  larger,  indivisible  groups  of  operations  or  under  other
circumstances, which were or have proven to be non-strategic or less desirable, and we may consider disposing of such operations or exchanging them for
operations which are more desirable.

We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired operations, and we may not achieve the benefits we expect from our acquisitions.

We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  or  efficiently  integrate  new  acquisitions  with  our  existing  independent  operating  subsidiaries,  culture  and
systems. The process of integrating acquisitions into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, divert management’s attention
from  existing  operations,  or  require  an  unexpected  commitment  of  staff  and  financial  resources,  and  may  ultimately  be  unsuccessful.  Existing  operations
available for acquisition frequently serve or target different markets than those that we currently serve. We also may determine that renovations of acquired
operations and changes in staff and operating management personnel are necessary to successfully integrate those acquisitions into our existing operations.
We  may  not  be  able  to  recover  the  costs  incurred  to  reposition  or  renovate  newly  independent  operating  subsidiaries.  The  financial  benefits  we  expect  to
realize from many of our acquisitions are largely dependent upon our ability to improve clinical performance, overcome regulatory deficiencies, rehabilitate
or improve the reputation of the operations in the community, increase and maintain census, control costs, and in some cases change the patient acuity mix. If
we are unable to accomplish any of these objectives at the independent operating subsidiaries we acquire, we will not realize the anticipated benefits and we
may experience lower than anticipated profits, or even losses.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  expanded  its  operations  with  the  addition  of  two  home  health  agencies,  five  hospice
agencies, two home care agencies and two senior living operations. This growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our current
leaders. Our ability to manage our growth effectively and to successfully integrate new acquisitions into our existing business will require us to continue to
expand  our  operational,  financial  and  management  information  systems  and  to  continue  to  retain,  attract,  train,  motivate  and  manage  key  employees,
including  our  local  leaders.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  attracting  qualified  individuals  necessary  for  future  acquisitions  to  be  successful,  and  our
management team may expend significant time and energy working to attract qualified personnel to manage operations we may acquire in the future. Also,
the newly acquired operations may require us to spend significant time improving services that have historically been substandard, and if we are unable to
improve such operations quickly enough, we may be subject to litigation and/or loss of licensure or certification. If we are not able to successfully overcome
these and other integration challenges, we may not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our acquisitions, and our business may suffer.

In undertaking acquisitions, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities and regulatory issues that may adversely affect our operations.

In undertaking acquisitions, we also may be adversely impacted by unforeseen liabilities attributable to the prior providers who operated the acquired
operations, against whom we may have little or no recourse. Many operations we have historically acquired were underperforming financially and had clinical
and regulatory issues prior to and at the time of acquisition. Even where we have improved independent operating subsidiaries and patient care at affiliated
operations that we have acquired, we still may face post-acquisition regulatory issues related to pre-acquisition events. These may include, without

27

Table of Contents

limitation,  payment  recoupment  related  to  our  predecessors’  prior  noncompliance,  the  imposition  of  fines,  penalties,  operational  restrictions  or  special
regulatory  status.  Further,  we  may  incur  post-acquisition  compliance  risk  due  to  the  difficulty  or  impossibility  of  immediately  or  quickly  bringing  non-
compliant operations into full compliance. Diligence materials pertaining to acquisition targets, especially the underperforming operations that often represent
the  greatest  opportunity  for  return,  are  often  inadequate,  inaccurate  or  impossible  to  obtain,  sometimes  requiring  us  to  make  acquisition  decisions  with
incomplete information. Despite our due diligence procedures, operations that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may generate unexpectedly low
returns, may cause us to incur substantial losses, may require unexpected levels of management time, expenditures or other resources, or may otherwise not
meet a risk profile that our investors find acceptable.

In addition, we might encounter unanticipated difficulties and expenditures relating to any of the acquired operations, including contingent liabilities.
When  we  acquire  an  operation,  we  generally  assume  its  existing  Medicare  provider  number  for  purposes  of  billing  Medicare  for  services.  If  CMS  later
determines  that  the  prior  operator  had  received  overpayments  from  Medicare  for  the  period  of  time  during  which  it  operated,  or  had  incurred  fines  in
connection with service provided prior to our acquisition of the operation, CMS could hold us liable for repayment of the overpayments or fines.

We may be unable to improve every operation that we acquire. In addition, these operations may divert management time and attention from other
operations  and  priorities,  negatively  impact  cash  flows,  result  in  adverse  or  unanticipated  accounting  charges,  or  otherwise  damage  other  areas  of  our
company if they are not timely and adequately improved.

We also incur regulatory risk in acquiring certain operations due to the licensing, certification and other regulatory requirements affecting our right to
operate the acquired operations. For example, in order to acquire operations on a predictable schedule, or to acquire declining operations quickly to prevent
further pre-acquisition declines, we frequently acquire such operations prior to receiving license approval or provider certification. We operate as the interim
manager  for  the  outgoing  licensee,  assuming  financial  responsibility,  among  other  obligations,  for  the  operation.  To  the  extent  that  we  may  be  unable  or
delayed in obtaining a license, we may need to operate under a management agreement with the prior operator. Any inability in obtaining consent from the
prior operator of a target acquisition to utilizing its license in this manner could impact our ability to acquire additional operations. If we were subsequently
denied licensure or certification for any reason, we might not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition and would likely incur unanticipated costs and
other challenges which could cause our business to suffer.

If we do not achieve and maintain competitive quality of care ratings from CMS and private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, our
business may be negatively affected.

Providing quality patient care is the cornerstone of our business. We believe that hospitals, physicians and other referral sources refer patients to us
in large part because of our reputation for delivering quality care. Clinical quality is becoming increasingly important within our industry. Effective October
2012, Medicare began to impose a financial penalty upon hospitals that have excessive rates of patient readmissions within 30 days from hospital discharge.
We believe this regulation provides a competitive advantage to home health providers who can differentiate themselves based upon quality, particularly by
achieving low patient acute care hospitalization readmission rates and by implementing disease management programs designed to be responsive to the needs
of  patients  served  by  referring  hospitals.  We  are  focused  intently  upon  improving  our  patient  outcomes,  particularly  our  patient  acute  care  hospitalization
readmission rates. If we should fail to attain our goals regarding acute care hospitalization readmission rates and other quality metrics, we expect our ability to
generate referrals would be adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect upon our business and combined financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

CMS provides comparative public data, rating every home health agency operating in each state based upon its Star Quality Rating System reported
on consumer-facing websites. The Star rating may impact patient choice of home health agencies and reimbursement from home health agencies, as a higher
Star rating indicates better patient care than a lower Star rating. A low Star rating may decrease the number of patients for Medicare reimbursement.

If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.

It  may  become  more  difficult  and  costly  for  us  to  obtain  coverage  for  patient  care  liabilities  and  other  risks,  including  property  and  casualty

insurance. For example, the following circumstances may adversely affect our ability to obtain insurance at favorable rates:

• we experience higher-than-expected professional liability, property and casualty, or other types of claims or losses;

28

Table of Contents

• we receive survey deficiencies or citations of higher-than-normal scope or severity;

• we acquire especially troubled operations that present unattractive risks to current or prospective insurers;

•

•

insurers tighten underwriting standards applicable to us or our industry; or

insurers or reinsurers are unable or unwilling to insure us or the industry at historical premiums and coverage levels.

If any of these potential circumstances were to occur, our insurance carriers may require us to pay substantially higher premiums for the same or
reduced  coverage  for  insurance,  including  workers  compensation,  property  and  casualty,  automobile,  employment  practices  liability,  directors  and  officers
liability, employee healthcare and general and professional liability coverages.

In some states, the law prohibits or limits insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability
claims or litigation. Coverage for punitive damages is also excluded under some insurance policies. As a result, we may be liable for punitive damage awards
in these states that either are not covered or are in excess of our insurance policy limits. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, also
could inhibit our ability to attract patients or expand our business and could require our management to devote time to matters unrelated to the day-to-day
operation of our business.

With  few  exceptions,  workers’  compensation  and  employee  health  insurance  costs  have  increased  markedly  in  recent  years.  As  a  result,  our
insurance deductibles in connection with general and professional liability and auto claims have also increased. We also have purchased insurance coverage
for  workers  compensation  in  all  states  except  Washington  and  Wyoming.  In  those  states  workers  compensation  coverage  is  provided  by  a  state  fund  and
financed  through  premiums  paid  by  the  employers  and  employees.  We  have  elected  non-subscriber  status  for  workers’  compensation  in  Texas.  If  we  are
unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, or if the coverage levels we can economically obtain decline, our business
may be adversely affected.

We retain certain risks related to our insurance coverage.

The Company retains commercial insurance for worker’s compensation and professional and general liabilities and bares the risk of loss until the
deductibles for each claim is met. The Company recognizes obligations associated with these costs, up to specified deductible limits in the period in which a
claim  is  incurred,  including  with  respect  to  both  reported  claims  and  claims  incurred  but  not  reported.  These  costs  have  generally  been  estimated  by  an
actuary  based  on  historical  data  of  our  claims  experience.  Any  actuarial  projection  of  self-insured  losses  is  subject  to  a  high  degree  of  variability.  Since
recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

The unionization of our workers may adversely affect our revenue and our profitability.

We maintain our right to inform the employees of our independent operating subsidiaries about our views of the potential impact of unionization
upon  the  workplace  generally  and  upon  individual  employees.  To  our  knowledge,  employees  at  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  that  have  been
approached to unionize have uniformly rejected union organizing efforts. If employees decide to unionize, our cost of doing business could increase, and we
could experience contract delays, difficulty in adapting to a changing regulatory and economic environment, cultural conflicts between unionized and non-
unionized employees, strikes and work stoppages, and we may conclude that affected operations would be uneconomical to continue operating.

Because  we  lease  all  of  our  affiliated  senior  living  communities,  we  could  experience  risks  associated  with  leased  property,  including  risks  relating  to
lease termination, lease extensions and special charges, which could adversely affect our business, financial position or results of operations.

As of December 31, 2019, we leased all of our senior living communities and administrative offices. Most of our leases are triple-net leases, which
means that, in addition to rent, we are required to pay for the costs related to the property (including property taxes, insurance, and maintenance and repair
costs). We are responsible for paying these costs notwithstanding the fact that some of the benefits associated with paying these costs accrue to the landlords
as owners of the associated communities.

29

Table of Contents

Specifically, as of December 31, 2019, our independent operating subsidiaries leased 29 senior living operations pursuant to certain “triple-net” lease
agreements between our independent operating subsidiaries and subsidiaries of Ensign (the “Ensign Leases”), which were amended and restated in connection
with the Spin-Off. The Ensign Leases are for initial terms ranging between 14 and 16 years. Fifteen of our affiliated senior living communities, excluding
those  operated  under  the  Ensign  Leases,  are  operated  under  two  separate  master  lease  arrangements.  Under  these  master  leases,  a  breach  at  a  single
community could subject one or more of the other communities covered by the same master lease to the same default risk. Failure to comply with provider
requirements is a default under several of the leases and master lease agreements. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual community may
cause a default of an entire master lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in our outstanding debt arrangements and other leases. With an
indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord.

Each lease provides that the landlord may terminate the lease for a number of reasons, including, subject to applicable cure periods, the default in
any payment of rent, taxes or other payment obligations or the breach of any other covenant or agreement in the lease. Any default under the Ensign Leases or
the other master lease agreements could be declared an event of default under such agreements, which could result in an acceleration of our indebtedness and
the potential loss of certain of our communities. Any such occurrence would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, cash flows and profitability. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with all of our obligations under the leases in the future.

A housing downturn could decrease demand for assisted living services.

Seniors  often  use  the  proceeds  of  home  sales  to  fund  their  admission  to  assisted  living  communities.  A  downturn  in  the  housing  markets  could
adversely affect seniors’ ability to afford our resident fees and entrance fees. If national or local housing markets enter a persistent decline, our occupancy
rates, revenues, results of operations and cash flow could be negatively impacted.

If our referral sources fail to view us as an attractive provider, or if our referral sources otherwise refer fewer patients, our patient base may decrease.

We  rely  significantly  on  appropriate  referrals  from  physicians,  hospitals  and  other  healthcare  providers  in  the  communities  we  serve  to  attract
appropriate residents and patients to our affiliated operations. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other
healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business to us as a result of our quality patient care and our commitment to partnerships
and communication. If we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our referral resources, fail to develop new relationships, or if we are perceived
by our referral sources as not providing high quality patient care, our census could decline and our patient mix could change. In addition, if any of our referral
sources have a reduction in patients whom they can refer due to a decrease in their business, our census could decline and patient mix could change.

Failure to generate sufficient cash flow to cover required payments or meet operating covenants under our long-term debt, including debt entered into in
connection  with  the  Spin-Off  and  long-term  operating  leases,  could  result  in  defaults  under  such  agreements  and  cross-defaults  under  other  debt  or
operating lease arrangements, which could harm our independent operating subsidiaries and cause us to lose operations or experience foreclosures.

We have significant future operating lease obligations. We intend to continue financing our operations through long-term operating leases, mortgage
financing and other types of financing, including borrowings under our future credit facilities we may obtain. We may not generate sufficient cash flow from
operations to cover required interest, principal and lease payments.

Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness and to make lease payments on our operating leases depends upon our
future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our business,
many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt or to make lease
payments on our operating leases, we may be required, among other things, to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets, refinance or restructure
all  or  a  portion  of  our  indebtedness,  sell  selected  assets,  reduce  or  delay  planned  capital  expenditures  or  delay  or  abandon  desirable  acquisitions.  Such
measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to make lease payments on our operating leases. The failure to make required payments on
our debt or operating leases or the delay or abandonment of our planned growth strategy could result in an adverse effect on our future ability to generate
revenue and sustain profitability. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available on terms that are economically favorable
to us, or at all.

30

Table of Contents

Additionally, in connection with the Spin-Off, we incurred indebtedness and are responsible for servicing our own indebtedness and obtaining and
maintaining sufficient working capital and other funds to satisfy our cash requirements. Our financing arrangements contain restrictions, covenants and events
of default that, among other things, could limit our ability to respond to market conditions, provide for capital investment needs or take advantage of business
opportunities by restricting our ability to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or requiring us to offer to repurchase such indebtedness in the event of a
change of control or a change of control triggering event; pay dividends or make distributions; make investments or acquisitions; sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of certain assets; create liens; consolidate or merge; enter into transactions with affiliates; and prepay and repurchase or redeem certain indebtedness.
In addition, our financing costs be higher than they were prior to the Spin-Off from Ensign.

Changes in the method of determining London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may
adversely affect interest rates on our current or future indebtedness and may otherwise adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our indebtedness is made at variable interest rates that use LIBOR (or metrics derived from or related to LIBOR) as a benchmark for establishing the
interest  rate.  On  July  27,  2017,  the  United  Kingdom’s  Financial  Conduct  Authority  announced  that  it  intends  to  stop  persuading  or  compelling  banks  to
submit  LIBOR  rates  after  2021.  These  reforms  may  cause  LIBOR  to  cease  to  exist,  new  methods  of  calculating  LIBOR  to  be  established,  or  alternative
reference rates to be established. The potential consequences cannot be fully predicted and could have an adverse impact on the market value for or value of
LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us. Changes in market interest rates may influence our
financing  costs,  returns  on  financial  investments  and  the  valuation  of  derivative  contracts  and  could  reduce  our  earnings  and  cash  flows.  In  addition,  any
transition process may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that rely on LIBOR, reductions in the value of
certain  instruments  or  the  effectiveness  of  related  transactions  such  as  hedges,  increased  borrowing  costs,  uncertainty  under  applicable  documentation,  or
difficult and costly consent processes. This could materially and adversely effect our results of operations, cash flows, and liquidity. We cannot predict the
effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks.

We may need additional capital to finance our growth, and we may not be able to obtain it on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which may limit our ability
to grow.

Our  ability  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  and  equipment  in  a  suitable  condition  to  meet  regulatory  standards,
operate efficiently and remain competitive in our markets requires us to commit substantial resources to continued investment in our affiliated operations. We
are  sometimes  more  aggressive  than  our  competitors  in  capital  spending  to  address  issues  that  arise  in  connection  with  aging  and  obsolete  facilities  and
equipment.  In  addition,  continued  expansion  of  our  business  through  the  acquisition  of  existing  operations,  expansion  of  our  existing  operations  and
construction of new communities may require additional capital, particularly if we were to accelerate our acquisition and expansion plans. Financing may not
be available to us or may be available to us only on terms that are not favorable. If we are unable to raise additional funds or obtain additional funds on terms
acceptable  to  us,  we  may  have  to  delay  or  abandon  some  or  all  of  our  growth  strategies.  Further,  if  additional  funds  are  raised  through  the  issuance  of
additional equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would be diluted. Any newly issued equity securities may have rights, preferences
or privileges senior to those of our common stock.

The condition of the financial markets, including volatility and deterioration in the capital and credit markets, could limit the availability of debt and
equity financing sources to fund the capital and liquidity requirements of our business, as well as negatively impact or impair the value of our future
portfolio of cash, cash equivalents and investments.

Credit markets are cyclical. Volatility in financial and credit markets may reduce the availability of certain types of debt financing and restrict the

availability of credit.

Further, we anticipate that our future cash, cash equivalents and investments may be held in a variety of interest-bearing instruments. As a result of
the uncertain domestic and global political, credit and financial market conditions, investments in these types of instruments pose risks arising from liquidity
and credit concerns.

Though  we  anticipate  that  the  cash  amounts  generated  internally,  together  with  amounts  available  under  our  future  debt  instruments,  will  be
sufficient to implement our business plan for the foreseeable future, we may need additional capital if a substantial acquisition or other growth opportunity
becomes available or if unexpected events occur or opportunities arise. We cannot assure you that additional capital will be available or available on terms
favorable to us. If capital is not available, we may not be able to fund internal or external business expansion or respond to competitive pressures or other
market conditions.

31

Table of Contents

Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.

If we experience problems with our billing information systems or if issues arise with Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may encounter delays
in our payment cycle. From time to time, we have experienced such delays as a result of government payors instituting planned reimbursement delays for
budget balancing purposes or as a result of prepayment reviews.

Some states in which we operate are operating with budget deficits or could have a budget deficit in the future, which may delay reimbursement in a
manner that would adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, from time to time, procedural issues require us to resubmit claims before payment is remitted,
which contributes to our aged receivables. Unanticipated delays in receiving reimbursement from state programs due to changes in their policies or billing or
audit procedures may adversely impact our liquidity and working capital. As discussed in Item 1., Government Regulation, with the reduction in fiscal year
2020 and elimination in fiscal year 2021 of RAPs, we may experience higher receivables as collections are delayed upon implementation.

Compliance with the regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) may require us to make unanticipated expenditures
which could increase our costs.

Seventeen of our affiliated senior living communities are currently subject to regulatory agreements with HUD that give the Commissioner of HUD
broad  authority  to  require  us  to  be  replaced  as  the  operator  of  those  communities  in  the  event  that  the  Commissioner  determines  there  are  operational
deficiencies at such communities under HUD regulations. Compliance with HUD’s requirements can often be difficult because these requirements are not
always consistent with the requirements of other federal and state agencies. Appealing a failed inspection can be costly and time-consuming and, if we do not
successfully  remediate  the  failed  inspection,  we  could  be  precluded  from  obtaining  HUD  financing  in  the  future  or  we  may  encounter  limitations  or
prohibitions on our operation of HUD-insured communities.

Failure to comply with existing environmental laws could result in increased expenditures, litigation and potential loss to our business and in our asset
value.

Our independent operating subsidiaries are subject to regulations under various federal, state and local environmental laws, primarily those relating
to  the  handling,  storage,  transportation,  treatment  and  disposal  of  medical  waste;  the  identification  and  warning  of  the  presence  of  asbestos-containing
materials in buildings, as well as the encapsulation or removal of such materials; and the presence of other substances in the indoor environment.

Our affiliated operations generate infectious or other hazardous medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of the patients. Each of our
affiliated  operations  has  an  agreement  with  a  waste  management  company  for  the  proper  disposal  of  all  infectious  medical  waste,  but  the  use  of  a  waste
management company does not immunize us from alleged violations of such laws for independent operating subsidiaries for which we are responsible even if
carried out by a third party, nor does it immunize us from third-party claims for the cost to cleanup disposal sites at which such wastes have been disposed.

Some  of  the  affiliated  senior  living  communities  we  lease  or  may  acquire  may  have  asbestos-containing  materials.  Federal  regulations  require
building  owners  and  those  exercising  control  over  a  building’s  management  to  identify  and  warn  their  employees  and  other  employers  operating  in  the
building  of  potential  hazards  posed  by  workplace  exposure  to  installed  asbestos-containing  materials  and  potential  asbestos-containing  materials  in  their
buildings. Significant fines can be assessed for violation of these regulations. Building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management
may  be  subject  to  an  increased  risk  of  personal  injury  lawsuits.  Federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  also  govern  the  removal,  encapsulation,
disturbance, handling and disposal of asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials when such materials are in poor condition or
in the event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose liability for improper handling or a release into the
environment of asbestos- containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials and may provide for fines to, and for third parties to seek recovery
from,  owners  or  operators  of  real  properties  for  personal  injury  or  improper  work  exposure  associated  with  asbestos-containing  materials  and  potential
asbestos-containing  materials.  The  presence  of  asbestos-containing  materials,  or  the  failure  to  properly  dispose  of  or  remediate  such  materials,  also  may
adversely affect our ability to attract and retain patients and staff, to borrow when using such property as collateral or to make improvements to such property.

The  presence  of  mold,  lead-based  paint,  underground  storage  tanks,  contaminants  in  drinking  water,  radon  and/or  other  substances  at  any  of  the
affiliated senior living communities we lease, own or may acquire may lead to the incurrence of costs for remediation, mitigation or the implementation of an
operations and maintenance plan and may result in third party litigation

32

Table of Contents

for personal injury or property damage. Furthermore, in some circumstances, areas affected by mold may be unusable for periods of time for repairs, and even
after successful remediation, the known prior presence of extensive mold could adversely affect the ability of a community to retain or attract patients and
staff and could adversely affect a community’s market value and ultimately could lead to the temporary or permanent closure of the community.

If we fail to comply with applicable environmental laws, we would face increased expenditures in terms of fines and remediation of the underlying
problems, potential litigation relating to exposure to such materials, and a potential decrease in value to our business and in the value of our underlying assets.

In  addition,  because  environmental  laws  vary  from  state  to  state,  expansion  of  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries  to  states  where  we  do  not

currently operate may subject us to additional restrictions in the conduct and management of our affiliated operations.

We are a holding company with no operations and rely upon our independent operating subsidiaries to provide us with the funds necessary to meet our
financial obligations. Liabilities of any one or more of our subsidiaries could be imposed upon us or our other subsidiaries.

We are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. Each of our affiliated operations is operated through a separate,
independent subsidiary, which has its own management, employees and assets. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in
our independent operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our
financial obligations and pay dividends. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to make funds available to us. The ability of our
subsidiaries to make distributions to us will depend substantially on their respective operating results and will be subject to restrictions under, among other
things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, which may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to investors or stockholders, agreements
of those subsidiaries, the terms of our financing arrangements and the terms of any future financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from our Spin-Off from Ensign.

We  believe  that  as  a  standalone,  independent  public  company,  our  results  benefit  from,  among  other  things,  allowing  our  leaders  to  design  and
implement company-wide policies and strategies that are based primarily on the characteristics of our business, allowing us to focus our financial resources
wholly on our own operations and implement and maintain a capital structure designed to meet our own specific needs. However, by being separated from
Ensign, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than we would have been were we still a part of Ensign. If we fail to
achieve  some  or  all  of  the  benefits  that  we  expect  to  achieve  as  an  independent  company,  or  do  not  achieve  them  in  the  time  we  expect,  our  results  of
operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We have no operating history as a separate public company; our historical financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we would
have achieved as a separate publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results; we may be unable to make, on a timely or
cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent company, and as a result, we may experience increased costs.

Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  Ensign  performed  various  corporate  functions  for  us,  including  executive  management,  accounting,  human  resources,
information technology, legal, payroll, insurance, tax, treasury, and other general and administrative items. Our historical financial results reflect allocations
of corporate expenses from Ensign for these and similar functions that may be less than the comparable expenses we would have incurred had we operated as
a separate publicly traded company. Prior to the Spin-Off, we shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and relationships
with our partners. While we have entered into short-term transition agreements and certain other longer-term agreements that govern certain commercial and
other relationships between us and Ensign, those arrangements may not capture the benefits our business has enjoyed as a result of being integrated with the
other affiliates of Ensign.

Generally, our working capital requirements, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, have historically been satisfied as part of the company-
wide cash management policies of Ensign. Following the completion of the Spin-Off, Ensign no longer provides us with funds to finance our working capital
or  other  cash  requirements,  and  we  may  need  to  obtain  financing  from  banks,  through  public  offerings  or  private  placements  of  debt  or  equity  securities,
strategic relationships or other arrangements. We may be unable to replace in a timely manner or on comparable terms and costs the services or other benefits
that Ensign previously provided to us.

33

Table of Contents

The loss of the benefits from being a part of Ensign could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Other
significant changes may occur in our cost structure, leadership, financing and business operations as a result of our operating as a company separate from
Ensign.

We may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we received in our agreements with Ensign entered into in connection
with the Spin-Off.

The agreements related to the Spin-Off from Ensign were negotiated in the context of the Spin-Off from Ensign while we were still part of Ensign.
Although these agreements are intended to be on an arm’s-length basis, they may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations
among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements being negotiated in the context of the separation are related to, among other things, allocations
of assets and liabilities, rights and indemnification and other obligations between us and Ensign. To the extent that certain terms of those agreements provide
for rights and obligations that could have been procured from third parties, we may have received better terms from third parties because third parties may
have  competed  with  each  other  to  win  our  business.  See  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Party  Transactions—Agreements  with  Ensign  Related  to  the
Spin-Off.”

There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of our controls

We do not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control
system, no matter how well-designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The
design of a control system must reflect the fact that resource constraints exist, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. We are in
the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with the obligation of furnishing a report
by  management  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  which
process is time consuming, costly, and complicated.

Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or
fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential
future  conditions.  Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  controls  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risks.  Over  time,  controls  may  become
inadequate due to changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. If our controls become inadequate, we could
fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, our reputation may be adversely affected, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be
adversely affected, and the market price of our stock could decline.

The  Spin-Off  and  related  transactions  may  expose  us  to  potential  liabilities  arising  out  of  state  and  federal  fraudulent  conveyance  laws  and  legal
distribution requirements.

While we believe that we and Ensign were adequately capitalized immediately after the Spin-Off, the Spin-Off could be challenged under various
state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. An unpaid creditor could claim that Ensign did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in
the Spin-Off, and that the Spin-Off left Ensign insolvent or with unreasonably small capital or that Ensign intended or believed it would incur debts beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature. If a court were to agree with such a plaintiff, then such court could void the Spin-Off as a fraudulent transfer and
could impose a number of different remedies, including without limitation, returning our assets or your shares in our company to Ensign or providing Ensign
with a claim for money damages against us in an amount equal to the difference between the consideration received by Ensign and the fair market value of
our company at the time of the Spin-Off.

Our success will depend in part on our ongoing relationship with Ensign after the Spin-Off.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we have entered into a number of agreements with Ensign that govern the ongoing relationships between Ensign
and us after the Spin-Off. We also established the Ensign Pennant Care Continuum, a voluntary post-acute preferred provider network that provide for robust
data sharing and the implementation of tailored transitional care pathways between Ensign and Pennant affiliates. Our success will depend, in part, on the
maintenance of these ongoing relationships with Ensign, and Ensign’s performance of its obligations under these agreements. If we are unable to maintain a
good  relationship  with  Ensign,  or  if  Ensign  does  not  perform  its  obligations  under  these  agreements  or  does  not  renew  such  agreements  following  their
expiration, our profitability and revenues could decrease and our growth potential may be adversely affected.

34

Table of Contents

Certain of our directors will continue to serve as directors of the Ensign board of directors, and ownership of shares of Ensign common stock or equity
awards of Ensign by our directors and executive officers may create conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest.

Certain of our directors who serve on our board of directors continue to serve on the Ensign board of directors. This could create, or appear to create,
potential  conflicts  of  interest  when  our  or  Ensign’s  management  and  directors  face  decisions  that  could  have  different  implications  for  us  and  Ensign,
including the resolution of any dispute regarding the terms of the agreements governing the Spin-Off and the relationship between us and Ensign after the
Spin-Off, any commercial agreements entered into in the future between us and Ensign and the allocation of such directors’ time between us and Ensign.

Because of their current or former positions with Ensign, substantially all of our executive officers and some of our non-employee directors will own
shares  of  Ensign  common  stock.  The  continued  ownership  of  Ensign  common  stock  by  Pennant’s  directors  and  executive  officers  following  the  Spin-Off
creates or may create the appearance of conflicts of interest when these directors and executive officers are faced with decisions that could have different
implications for us and Ensign.

If the distribution of shares of our common stock in connection with the Spin-Off (the “Distribution”), together with certain related transactions, were to
fail to qualify as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, then our stockholders, we and
Ensign might be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes (including as a result of indemnification under the tax matters agreement).

The  Distribution  was  conditioned  upon  Ensign’s  receipt  of  an  opinion  of  Kirkland  &  Ellis  LLP  to  the  effect  that,  subject  to  the  assumptions  and
limitations described therein, the Distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualified as a reorganization for U.S. federal income tax purposes
under  Sections  368(a)(1)(D)  and  355  of  the  Code  in  which  no  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  by  Ensign  or  its  stockholders,  except,  in  the  case  of  Ensign
stockholders, for cash received in lieu of fractional shares. The opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP was based on, among other things, certain assumptions as
well  as  on  the  continuing  accuracy  of  certain  factual  representations  and  statements  that  we  and  Ensign  made  to  Kirkland  &  Ellis  LLP.  In  rendering  its
opinion, Kirkland & Ellis LLP also relied on certain covenants that we and Ensign entered into. If any of the representations or statements that we or Ensign
made are or become inaccurate or incomplete, or if we or Ensign breach any of our covenants, the Distribution and such related transactions might not qualify
for such tax treatment. The opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or a court, and there can be no assurance that the
Internal  Revenue  Service  will  not  challenge  the  validity  of  the  Distribution  and  such  related  transactions  as  a  reorganization  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax
purposes under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code eligible for tax-free treatment, or that any such challenge ultimately will not prevail.

If  the  Spin-Off  or  any  other  related  transaction  does  not  qualify  as  a  tax-free  transaction  for  any  reason,  including  as  a  result  of  a  breach  of  a
representation or covenant, Ensign or other members of its affiliated group would recognize a substantial gain attributable to us for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.  In  such  case,  under  U.S.  Treasury  regulations,  each  member  of  the  Ensign  consolidated  group  at  the  time  of  the  Spin-Off  would  be  jointly  and
severally liable for the entire resulting amount of any U.S. federal income tax liability. Additionally, a disqualified spin-off would be a taxable distribution to
Ensign stockholders. At least a portion of the Distribution would be a taxable dividend. If the Distribution is not entirely a taxable dividend, stockholders will
need to reduce their basis in the shares and potentially have taxable capital gains.

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic transactions and equity issuances following the Spin-Off because of certain restrictions related to
preserving  the  tax-free  treatment  of  the  Spin-Off.  In  addition,  we  could  be  liable  for  adverse  tax  consequences  resulting  from  engaging  in  significant
strategic or capital-raising transactions.

Our ability to engage in significant strategic transactions and equity issuances may be limited or restricted for a period of time in order to preserve,
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax-free nature of the Spin-Off. Even if the Spin-Off otherwise qualifies for tax-free treatment under Sections 368(a)
(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, it may result in corporate level taxable gain to Ensign under Section 355(e) of the Code if 50.0% or more, by vote or value, of
shares  of  our  stock  or  Ensign’s  stock  are  acquired  or  issued  as  part  of  a  plan  or  series  of  related  transactions  that  includes  the  Spin-Off.  The  process  for
determining whether an acquisition or issuance triggering these provisions has occurred is complex, inherently factual and subject to interpretation of the facts
and circumstances of a particular case. Any acquisitions or issuances of our stock or Ensign stock within a two-year period after the Spin-Off generally are
presumed to be part of such a plan, although we or Ensign, as applicable, may be able to rebut that presumption.

Under the tax matters agreement that we entered into with Ensign, we also are generally responsible for any taxes imposed on Ensign that arise from

the failure of the Spin-Off to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, within

35

Table of Contents

the meaning of Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, to the extent such failure to qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to our
stock, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or any covenants made by us in the tax matters agreement or the representation letter
provided to counsel in connection with the tax opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company”  under  the  JOBS  Act,  and  any  decision  on  our  part  to  comply  with  certain  reduced  reporting  and  disclosure
requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of
exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to,
not  being  required  to  have  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  audit  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements, and
exemptions  from  the  requirements  of  holding  a  nonbinding  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation  and  stockholder  approval  of  any  golden  parachute
payments not previously approved. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth
anniversary of the Distribution; (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year during which our total annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on
which  we  have,  during  the  previous  three-year  period,  issued  more  than  $1  billion  in  non-convertible  debt  securities;  or  (iv)  the  end  of  any  fiscal  year  in
which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot
predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. If some investors find
our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and
the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

In  addition,  as  our  business  grows,  we  may  cease  to  satisfy  the  conditions  of  an  “emerging  growth  company.”  Under  the  JOBS  Act,  “emerging
growth  companies”  can  delay  adopting  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  until  such  time  as  those  standards  apply  to  private  companies.  We  have
irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or
revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we may not be able to take advantage of all of the

benefits from the JOBS Act.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to sell your shares at an attractive price
or at all.

The market price for our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly for
long. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control. For
many reasons, including the risks identified in this report on Form 10-K, the market price of our common stock following the Spin-Off may be more volatile
than  the  market  price  of  Ensign  common  stock  before  the  consummation  of  the  Spin-Off.  These  factors  may  result  in  short-term  or  long-term  negative
pressure on the value of our common stock. Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of
a particular company. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Your percentage ownership in Pennant may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect will be issued to our directors and officers
and employees of our subsidiaries and the accelerated vesting of certain equity awards with respect to our common stock.

Your  percentage  ownership  in  Pennant  may  be  diluted  in  the  future  because  of  equity  awards  that  we  expect  will  be  issued  to  our  directors  and

officers and employees of our subsidiaries and the accelerated vesting of certain equity awards with respect to our common stock.

36

Table of Contents

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  organizational  documents  and  Delaware  law  might  discourage  or  delay  acquisition  attempts  for  us  that  you  might
consider favorable.

Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  that  became  effective  immediately  prior  to  the
consummation of this Spin-Off contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board
of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued
without  stockholder  approval,  and  which  may  include  super  voting,  special  approval,  dividend,  or  other  rights  or  preferences  superior  to  the
rights of the holders of common stock;

provide for the election of directors by a plurality of the votes cast at the annual stockholder meeting;

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders
at stockholder meetings;

create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

limit the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

limit the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings; and

control the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders
may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a
change  in  control  of  our  company,  including  actions  that  our  stockholders  may  deem  advantageous,  or  negatively  affect  the  trading  price  of  our  common
stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and
to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

We incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including
costs associated with public company reporting requirements. As a result of the Spin-Off, we are obligated to file with the SEC annual and quarterly reports
and other reports that are specified in Section 13 and other sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We also are
required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that are fully compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In
addition, we are subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of NASDAQ, and certain provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us.

The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules
and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations
could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced
to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also
make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  persons  to  serve  on  our  board  of  directors,  our  board  committees  or  as  our  executive  officers.
Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other
regulatory  action  and  potentially  civil  litigation.  In  addition,  if  we  fail  to  implement  the  requirements  with  respect  to  our  internal  accounting  and  audit
functions, our ability to report our operating results on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired. If we do not implement such requirements in a timely
manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC and NASDAQ. Any such
action could harm our reputation and the confidence of investors and customers in us and could materially adversely affect our business and cause our share
price to fall.

After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent
reporting requirements applicable to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation
requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. See “—We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and any decision on our part to comply
with  certain  reduced  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  applicable  to  emerging  growth  companies  could  make  our  common  stock  less  attractive  to
investors.”

37

Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for
certain  types  of  actions  and  proceedings  that  may  be  initiated  by  our  stockholders,  which  could  limit  our  stockholders’  ability  to  obtain  a  favorable
judicial forum for disputes with our company or our company’s directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court
of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding
brought on behalf of our company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of our company
to our company or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting any such alleged breach, (3) action asserting a claim against our company or any
director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer of our company governed
by the internal affairs doctrine except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim (a) as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an
indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the
Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of
Chancery, or (c) arising under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court
for  the  District  of  Delaware  shall  concurrently  be  the  sole  and  exclusive  forums.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  will  not
apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States
of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall
be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If any action the subject
matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the
name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the
State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service
of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such
stockholder.

This  choice-of-forum  provision  may  limit  a  stockholder’s  ability  to  bring  a  claim  in  a  judicial  forum  that  it  finds  favorable  for  disputes  with  our
company or its directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may
incur  additional  costs  associated  with  resolving  such  matters  in  other  jurisdictions,  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Service Center

We lease two office locations to accommodate our Service Center. We lease approximately 14,287 square feet of office space located at 1675 East
Riverside Drive, Eagle, Idaho 83616, pursuant to a lease that expires March 31, 2025. Our principal executive offices are located at the Service Center in
Eagle, Idaho. We have two options to extend our lease term at this location for an additional five-year term for each option. In addition, we currently lease
6,101  rentable  square  feet  of  office  space  located  at  1600  West  Broadway  Road,  Suite  100,  Tempe,  Arizona  85282,  pursuant  to  a  lease  that  expires
September 30, 2021. We have one option to extend our lease term at this location for one additional five-year term.

Home Health and Hospice Agencies and Senior Living Communities

As of December 31, 2019, we operated 63 home health, hospice and home care agencies in Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Nevada,

Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming.

38

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, we operated 52 affiliated senior living communities in Arizona, California, Nevada, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin,

with 3,963 Senior Living units. We lease all of our communities through long-term, triple-net lease arrangements.

The  following  table  provides  summary  information  regarding  the  locations  of  our  home  health  and  hospice  agencies  and  our  senior  living

communities and operational units as of December 31, 2019:

State

Arizona

California

Colorado

Idaho

Iowa

Nevada

Oklahoma

Oregon

Texas

Utah

Washington

Wisconsin

Wyoming

Total

Home Health
Agencies

  Hospice Agencies

Senior Living
Communities

Senior Living Units

2   

5   

2   

3   

1   

—   

2   

1   

3   

8   

6   

1   

1   

35   

5   

3   

1   

3   

1   

1   

1   

1   

6   

3   

1   

1   

1   

28   

7   

9   

—   

—   

—   

4   

—   

—   

12   

—   

1   

19   

—   

52   

1,249   

761   

—   

—   

—   

385   

—   

—   

712   

—   

98   

758   

—   

3,963   

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, none of which, in the opinion of management, is expected
to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. However, the results of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty
and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  any  legal  or  administrative  proceeding  or  dispute  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Audited Consolidated and Combined
Financial Statements for a description of claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

39

Table of Contents

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Part II.

Market Information

Our Common stock has traded under the symbol “PNTG” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market since our Spin-Off on October 1, 2019. Prior to
that date we were a subsidiary of Ensign, which trades under the ticker “ENSG” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As of March 4, 2020, there were
approximately 60 holders of record of our stock.

Dividend Policy

We  do  not  intend  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Instead,  we  anticipate  that  all  of  our  future  earnings  will  be

retained to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business.
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The financial data set forth below should be read in connection with Part II, Item 7., Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations, and with our consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes thereto:

Consolidated and Combined Income Statement Data:

Revenue

Expense

Cost of services

Rent—cost of services

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other Income (Expense):

Interest Expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest(1)

Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.
Earnings per share(2):
Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018

2017 

2016

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

338,531    $

286,058    $

250,991    $

217,225   

258,941   

212,421   

187,278   

159,987   

34,975   

35,135   

3,810   

332,861   

5,670   

(410)  

5,260   

2,085   

3,175   

629   

31,199   

18,843   

2,964   

265,427   

20,631   

—   

20,631   

4,352   

16,279   

595   

31,304   

14,463   

2,544   

235,589   

15,402   

—   

15,402   

5,375   

10,027   

160   

28,953   

12,448   

2,855   

204,243   

12,982   

—   

12,982   

5,065   

7,917   

26   

$

$

$

2,546    $

15,684    $

9,867    $

7,891   

0.11    $

0.11    $

0.58    $

0.58    $

0.36    $

0.36    $

0.28   

0.28   

27,838   

29,586   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

(1) Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest has been included in the numerator for earnings per share for all periods as the non-controlling subsidiary interest included in the Financial

Statements was converted into common shares of Pennant.

(2) The total number of common shares distributed on October 1, 2019 of 27,834 is being utilized for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for all prior periods, as no common stock

was outstanding prior to the date of the Spin-Off.

40

 
 
Table of Contents

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets(1)
Long-term debt

Total liabilities(1)
Total equity

(1) Total assets and total liabilities in 2019 reflect the adoption of ASC Topic 842, Leases.

Consolidated and Combined GAAP Financial Measures:

Total revenue

Total expenses

Income from operations

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018

2017 

(In thousands)

$

402    $

41    $

38,683   

447,750   

18,526   

376,639   

29,123   

98,151   

—   

32,863   

$

71,111    $

65,288    $

36   

26,697   

88,289   

—   

28,373   

59,916   

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

(In thousands)

$

$

$

338,531    $

286,058    $

250,991    $

217,225   

332,861    $

265,427    $

235,589    $

204,243   

5,670    $

20,631    $

15,402    $

12,982   

The following table presents certain financial information regarding our reportable segments. General and administrative expenses are not allocated

to the reportable segments and are included in “All Other”:

Segment GAAP Financial Measures:

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Home Health and
Hospice Services

Senior Living
Services

All Other

Total

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

206,624    $

33,354    $

131,907    $

47,344    $

—    $

(18,591)   $

169,037    $

26,427    $

117,021    $

47,230    $

—    $

(16,191)   $

142,403    $

21,007    $

108,588    $

44,230    $

—    $

(12,643)   $

115,813    $

16,548    $

101,412    $

41,278    $

—    $

(10,564)   $

338,531   

62,107   

286,058   

57,466   

250,991   

52,594   

217,225   

47,262   

41

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The table below provides a reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations above to income from operations:

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations(a)
Less: Depreciation and amortization

Rent—cost of services

Adjustments to Segment EBITDAR from Operations:

Less: Costs at start-up operations(b)

Share-based compensation expense(c)
Acquisition related costs(d)
Spin-Off related transaction costs(e)
Transition services costs(f)
Operating results of closed operations(g)

Add: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Income from Operations

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

$

62,107    $

57,466    $

52,594    $

(In thousands)

3,810   

34,975   

483   

3,382   

665   

13,219   

532   

—   

629   

2,964   

31,199   

129   

2,382   

—   

756   

—   

—   

595   

2,544   

31,304   

478   

2,298   

—   

—   

—   

728   

160   

47,262   

2,855   

28,953   

157   

2,341   

—   

—   

—   

—   

26   

$

5,670    $

20,631    $

15,402    $

12,982   

(a) Segment  Adjusted  EBITDAR  from  Operations  is  net  income  attributable  to  the  Company's  reportable  segments  excluding  the  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization expense, rent, and, in order to view the operations performance on a comparable basis from period to period, certain adjustments including: (1) costs at start-up operations, (2)
share-based compensation, (3) acquisition related costs, (4) transaction costs, (5) redundant and nonrecurring costs associated with the transition services agreement, (6) operating results of
closed operations, and (7) net income attributable to noncontrolling interest. General and administrative expenses are not allocated to the reportable segments, and are included as “All Other”,
accordingly  the  segment  earnings  measure  reported  is  before  allocation  of  corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses.  The  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (“CODM”)  uses
Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations as the primary measure of profit and loss for the Company's reportable segments and to compare the performance of its operations with those of
its competitors. The Company's segment measures may be different from the calculation methods used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

(b) Represents results related to start-up operations. This amount excludes rent and depreciation and amortization expense related to such operations.
(c) Share-based compensation expense incurred which is included in cost of services and general and administrative expense.
(d) Acquisition related costs that are not capitalizable.
(e) Costs incurred related to the Spin-Off are included in general and administrative expense.
(f) The portion of the costs incurred under the Transition Services Agreement (as defined in Note 3, Related Party Transactions and Net Parent Investment) identified as redundant or nonrecurring

that are included in general and administrative expense. Total fees under incurred under the Transition Services agreement were $2,982 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(g) Operating losses related to the closure of certain, home health, and hospice agencies that were closed in 2017.

Performance and Valuation Measures:

Consolidated and Combined Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

Performance Metrics

Consolidated and Combined EBITDA

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA

Valuation Metric

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR

42

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

(In thousands)

$

$

$

8,851    $

23,000    $

17,786    $

15,811   

27,157    $

26,297    $

21,480    $

18,345   

62,107   

Table of Contents

Segment Non-GAAP Measures:(a)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA from Operations

Home health and hospice services

Senior living services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

(In thousands)

$

$

30,415    $

24,176    $

19,220    $

15,333    $

18,312    $

14,903    $

15,020   

13,889   

(a) General and administrative expenses are not allocated to any segment for purposes of determining segment profit or loss.

The  tables  below  reconcile  Consolidated  and  Combined  Net  Income  to  Consolidated  and  Combined  EBITDA,  and  Consolidated  and  Combined

Adjusted EBITDAR for the periods presented:

Consolidated and Combined Net income

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Add: Provision for income taxes (benefit)

Net interest expense

Depreciation and amortization

Consolidated and Combined EBITDA

Adjustments to Consolidated and Combined EBITDA

Add: Costs at start-up operations(a)

Share-based compensation expense(b)
Acquisition related costs(c)
Spin-Off related transaction costs(d)
Transition services costs(e)
Results related to closed operations(f)
Rent related to items (a) and (f) above

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA

Rent—cost of services

Rent related to items (a) and (f) above

Adjusted rent—cost of services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

(In thousands)

$

3,175    $

16,279    $

10,027    $

7,917   

629   

2,085   

410   

3,810   

8,851   

483   

3,382   

665   

13,219   

532   

—   

25   

27,157   

34,975   

(25)  

34,950   

62,107   

595   

4,352   

—   

2,964   

23,000   

129   

2,382   

—   

756   

—   

—   

30   

26,297   

31,199   

(30)  

31,169   

160   

5,375   

—   

2,544   

17,786   

478   

2,298   

—   

—   

—   

728   

190   

21,480   

31,304   

(190)  

31,114   

26   

5,065   

—   

2,855   

15,811   

157   

2,341   

—   

—   

—   

—   

36   

18,345   

28,953   

(36)  

28,917   

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR

$

(a) Represents results related to start-up operations. This amount excludes rent and depreciation and amortization expense related to such operations.
(b) Share-based compensation expense incurred, which is included in cost of services and general and administrative expense.
(c) Acquisition related costs that are not capitalizable.
(d) Costs incurred related to the Spin-Off are included in general and administrative expense.
(e) A portion of the costs incurred under the Transition Services Agreement (as defined in Note 3, Related Party Transactions and Net Parent Investment) identified as redundant or
nonrecurring that are included in general and administrative expense. Total fees under incurred under the Transition Services agreement were $2,982 for the year ended December 31, 2019.
(f) Operating losses related to the closure of certain, home health, and hospice agencies that were closed in 2017.

43

Table of Contents

The table below reconciles Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations to Segment Adjusted EBITDA from Operations for the periods presented:

Home Health and Hospice

Senior Living

2019

2018

2017

2016

2019

2018

2017

2016

Year Ended December 31,

(In thousands)

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from
Operations

Less: Rent—cost of services

Rent related to start-up operations

Segment Adjusted EBITDA from
Operations

$ 33,354    $ 26,427    $ 21,007    $ 16,548    $ 47,344    $ 47,230    $ 44,230    $ 41,278   

2,964   

(25)  

2,281   

(30)  

1,977   

(190)  

1,564   

32,011   

28,918   

29,327   

27,389   

(36)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

$ 30,415    $ 24,176    $ 19,220    $ 15,020    $ 15,333    $ 18,312    $ 14,903    $ 13,889   

The following discussion includes references to certain performance and valuation measures, which are non-GAAP financial measures, including
Consolidated and Combined EBITDA, Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA, Segment Adjusted EBITDA from Operations, and Consolidated and
Combined Adjusted EBITDAR (collectively, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”). Non-GAAP Financial Measures are used in addition to and in conjunction
with results presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP Financial Measures
reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations and company that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations
to  corresponding  GAAP  financial  measures,  we  believe  can  provide  can  provide  a  more  comprehensive  understanding  of  factors  and  trends  affecting  our
business.

We believe these Non-GAAP Financial Measures are useful to investors and other external users of our financial statements regarding our results of

operations because:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

they are widely used by investors and analysts in our industry as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall performance of companies in our
industry  without  regard  to  items  such  as  interest  expense,  rent  expense  and  depreciation  and  amortization,  which  can  vary  substantially  from
company to company depending on the book value of assets, the method by which assets were acquired, and differences in capital structures;

they help investors evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our asset base and capital
structure from our operating results; and

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR is used by investors and analysts in our industry to value the companies in our industry without
regard to capital structures.

We use Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

as measurements of our operating performance to assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis from period to period;

to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

to assess the value of a potential acquisition;

to assess the value of a transformed operation’s performance;

to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies; and

to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.

We typically use Non-GAAP Financial Measures to compare the operating performance of each operation from period to period. We find that Non-
GAAP Financial Measures are useful for this purpose because they do not include such costs as interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization
expense, which may vary from period-to-period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance operations, the date of acquisition of a
community or business, and the tax law of the state in which a business unit operates.

We also establish compensation programs and bonuses for our leaders that are partially based upon the achievement of Consolidated and Combined

Adjusted EBITDAR targets.

44

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures have no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our Non-GAAP Financial Measures have limitations as
analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported in accordance with GAAP. Some of
these limitations are:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

they do not reflect our current or future cash requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

they do not reflect the net interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

in the case of Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR, it does not reflect rent expenses, which are normal and recurring operating expenses
that are necessary to operate our leased operations;

they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future,
and do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

other companies in our industry may calculate the same Non-GAAP Financial Measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as
comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by using Non-GAAP Financial Measures only to supplement net income on a basis prepared in accordance with

GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

We strongly encourage investors to review our Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements, included in this report in their entirety and to not
rely on any single financial measure. Because these Non-GAAP Financial Measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial
measures  with  other  companies’  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  having  the  same  or  similar  names.  These  Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures  should  not  be
considered a substitute for, nor superior to, financial results and measures determined or calculated in accordance with GAAP. We strongly urge you to review
the reconciliation of income from operations to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures in the table presented above, along with our Financial Statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this report.

We believe the following Non-GAAP Financial Measures are useful to investors as key operating performance measures and valuation measures:

Performance Measures:

Consolidated and Combined EBITDA

We believe Consolidated and Combined EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because it helps investors evaluate
and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our asset base (depreciation and amortization expense) from our
operating results.

We calculate Consolidated and Combined EBITDA as net income, adjusted for net income attributable to noncontrolling interest prior to the Spin-

Off, before (a) interest expense (b) provision for income taxes and (c) depreciation and amortization.

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA

We adjust Consolidated and Combined EBITDA when evaluating our performance because we believe that the exclusion of certain additional items
described  below  provides  useful  supplemental  information  to  investors  regarding  our  ongoing  operating  performance.  We  believe  that  the  presentation  of
Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDA,  when  considered  with  Consolidated  and  Combined  EBITDA  and  GAAP  net  income  is  beneficial  to  an
investor’s complete understanding of our operating performance. 

We calculate Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting Consolidated and Combined EBITDA to exclude the effects of non-core

business items, which for the reported periods includes, to the extent applicable:

•

•

costs at start-up operations;

share-based compensation expense;

45

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

acquisition related costs;

Spin-Off related transaction costs;

redundant or nonrecurring costs incurred as part of the Transition Services Agreement (as defined in Note 3, Related Party Transactions and Net
Parent Investment); and

operating losses related to the closure of certain home health, and hospice agencies that were closed in 2017.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA from Operations

We  calculate  Segment  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  Operations  by  adjusting  Segment  Adjusted  EBITDAR  from  Operations  to  include  rent-cost  of
services.  We  believe  that  the  inclusion  of  rent-cost  of  services  provides  useful  supplemental  information  to  investors  regarding  our  ongoing  operating
performance for each segment.

Valuation Measure:

Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR

We use Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDAR as one measure in determining the value of prospective acquisitions. It is also a measure
commonly used by us, research analysts and investors to compare the enterprise value of different companies in the healthcare industry, without regard to
differences  in  capital  structures.  Additionally,  we  believe  the  use  of  Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDAR  allows  us,  research  analysts  and
investors to compare operational results of companies with operating and finance leases. A significant portion of finance lease expenditures are recorded in
interest, whereas operating lease expenditures are recorded in rent expense.

This measure is not displayed as a performance measure as it excludes rent expense, which is a normal and recurring operating expense and, as such,
does  not  reflect  our  cash  requirements  for  leasing  commitments.  Our  presentation  of  Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDAR  should  not  be
construed as a financial performance measure.

The  adjustments  made  and  previously  described  in  the  computation  of  Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  also  made  when
computing  Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDAR.  We  calculate  Consolidated  and  Combined  Adjusted  EBITDAR  by  excluding  rent-cost  of
services and rent related to start up operations from Consolidated and Combined Adjusted EBITDA.

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes, which
appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could
differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in
this Annual Report. See Item 1A., Risk Factors and Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

Overview

We are a leading provider of high-quality healthcare services to patients of all ages, including the growing senior population, in the United States.
We  strive  to  be  the  provider  of  choice  in  the  communities  we  serve  through  our  innovative  operating  model.  We  operate  in  multiple  lines  of  businesses
including  home  health,  hospice  and  senior  living  services  across  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Iowa,  Nevada,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Texas,  Utah,
Washington,  Wisconsin  and  Wyoming.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  our  home  health  and  hospice  business  provided  home  health,  hospice  and  home  care
services from 63 agencies operating across 13 states, and our senior living business operated 52 senior living communities throughout six states.

46

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our affiliated home health and hospice agencies and senior living communities as of:

Home health and hospice agencies

Senior living communities

Senior living units

Total number of home health, hospice, and senior living
operations

The Spin-Off Transactions

December 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

7   

8   

10   

10   

16   

12   

25   

15   

32   

36   

39   

36   

46   

43   

54   

50   

63   

52   

887   

1,034   

1,256   

1,587   

3,184   

3,184   

3,434   

3,820   

3,963   

15   

20   

28   

40   

68   

75   

89   

104   

115   

On October 1, 2019, Ensign completed the Spin-Off, which was effected through a tax free distribution to Ensign’s stockholders of substantially all
of the outstanding shares of Pennant common stock. Each Ensign stockholder received a distribution of one share of Pennant common stock for every two
shares  of  Ensign's  common  stock,  plus  cash  in  lieu  of  fractional  shares.  As  a  result  of  the  Spin-Off  on  October  1,  2019,  Pennant  began  trading  as  an
independent publicly traded company on the NASDAQ under the symbol “PNTG.”

We expect to benefit from a continuing relationship with Ensign, which continues to be a holding company comprised of various healthcare service

providers across the post-acute care continuum.

In  connection  with  the  Spin-Off,  we  entered  a  transition  services  agreement  with  Ensign  (the  “Transition  Services  Agreement”)  with  a  two-year
term, subject to extension upon the mutual agreement of the parties. Pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, Ensign and Pennant agree to provide
certain  transition  services  to  each  other,  including  finance,  information  technology,  human  resources,  employee  benefits  and  other  services  to  ensure  an
orderly transition following the distribution.

Effective October 1, 2019, we amended our master lease agreements with Ensign and certain other landlords. These amendments modify the rental
payments,  the  initial  lease  term  or  both.  In  accordance  with  Topic  842,  the  amended  lease  agreements  are  considered  modified  and  subjected  to  lease
modification guidance. The right-of-use asset and lease liabilities related to these agreements were remeasured based on the change in the lease conditions
such as rent payment and lease terms. The incremental borrowing rate was also be adjusted to mirror the revised lease terms which become effective at the
date  of  the  modification,  which  is  the  date  of  the  Spin-Off.  The  Ensign  Leases  and  new  third-party  master  lease  agreements  have  initial  terms  ranging
between 14 and 16 years, with extension options and annual rent escalators based on changes in the consumer price index.

See  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Party  Transactions—Agreements  with  Ensign  Related  to  the  Spin-Off,”  contained  within  the  Information
Statement as well as the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019 for further discussion of the agreements entered into in connection with the Spin-
Off.

On  October  1,  2019,  Pennant  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”),  which  provides  for  a  revolving  credit  facility  with  a
borrowing capacity of $75.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The interest rates applicable to loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are, at the
Company’s election, either Adjusted LIBOR (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin ranging from 2.5% to 3.5% per annum or Base Rate (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 2.5% per annum, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt to
Consolidated EBITDA (each, as defined in the Credit Agreement). In addition, Pennant pays a commitment fee of 0.6% per annum on the undrawn portion of
the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. The balance of our Revolving Credit Facility was $20.0 million, as of December 31, 2019. For further
discussion including the classification of debt issuance costs of $1.5 million, see Note 11, Debt.

Recent Activities

Acquisitions.  During  2019,  we  expanded  our  operations  through  the  acquisition  of  two  senior  living  operations,  two  home  health  agencies,  five
hospice agencies, and two home care agencies. We did not assume any liabilities in connection with these acquisitions. The addition of these operations added
a total of 143 senior living units to be operated by our independent operating subsidiaries. We entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the
prior operator as part of each

47

Table of Contents

transaction. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $18.8 million. For further discussion of our acquisitions, see Note 7, Acquisitions, in the
Notes to the consolidated and combined financial statements.

Trends

When we acquire turnaround or start-up operations, we expect that our combined metrics may be impacted. We expect these metrics to vary from
period to period based upon the maturity of the operations within our portfolio. We have generally experienced lower occupancy rates at our senior living
communities  and  lower  census  at  our  home  health  and  hospice  agencies  for  recently  acquired  operations;  as  a  result,  we  generally  anticipate  lower
consolidated and segment margins during years of acquisition growth.

Regulation

On  October  31,  2019,  CMS  issued  the  final  rule  updating  the  Medicare  HH  PPS  rates  and  wage  index  for  calendar  year  2020  and  implementing
PDGM.  The  final  rule  established  a  1.5%  increase  in  the  home  health  base  payment.  PDGM  introduces  case  mix  calculation  methodology  refinements,
changes to LUPA thresholds, the elimination of therapy thresholds, a change to the unit of payment from a 60-day episode to a 30-day payment period, and a
reduction in fiscal year 2020 and full elimination in fiscal year 2021 of RAPs. Under PDGM, effective January 1, 2020, the initial certification of patient
eligibility, plan of care, and comprehensive assessment will remain valid for 60-day episodes of care, but payments for home health services will be made
based  upon  30-day  payment  periods.  CMS  implemented  PDGM  in  a  budget  neutral  manner,  and  that  neutrality  assumed  that  providers  will  make  certain
coding  and  behavioral  changes.  Therefore,  the  rule’s  ultimate  impact  will  vary  by  provider  based  on  factors  including  patient  mix,  admission  source,  and
providers’ ability to adapt to the new reimbursement model.

With  the  support  of  our  professional  resource  team,  our  local  clinical  and  operational  leaders  have  been  preparing  for  this  reimbursement
change. While we could experience revenue headwinds related to the included behavioral assumptions and payment disruptions, we anticipate that we will
offset  any  negative  impact  from  PDGM  through  a  mix  of  behavioral  changes  and  a  continued  focus  on  cost  control  while  producing  optimal  clinical
outcomes.  In  addition,  we  anticipate  that  reimbursement  changes  resulting  from  the  implementation  of  PDGM  could  result  in  increased  home  health
acquisition and consolidation opportunities for us.

Segments

We have two reportable segments: (1) home health and hospice services, which includes our home health, home care and hospice businesses; and (2)
senior living services, which includes the operation of assisted living, independent living and memory care communities. Our Chief Executive Officer and
President, who is our CODM, reviews financial information at the operating segment level. We also report an “all other” category that includes general and
administrative expense from our Service Center.

Key Performance Indicators

We manage the fiscal aspects of our business by monitoring key performance indicators that affect our financial performance. These indicators and

their definitions include the following:

Home Health and Hospice Services

•

•

•

•

•

Total home health admissions. The total admissions of home health patients, including new acquisitions, new admissions and readmissions.

Total  Medicare  home  health  admissions.  Total  admissions  of  home  health  patients,  who  are  receiving  care  under  Medicare  reimbursement
programs, including new acquisitions, new admissions and readmissions.

Average Medicare revenue per completed 60-day home health episode. The average amount of revenue for each completed 60-day home health
episode generated from patients who are receiving care under Medicare reimbursement programs.

Average  hospice  daily  census.  The  average  number  of  patients  who  are  receiving  hospice  care  during  any  measurement  period  divided  by  the
number of days during such measurement period.

Total hospice admissions. Total admissions of hospice patients, including new acquisitions, new admissions and recertifications.

48

Table of Contents

• Hospice Medicare revenue per day. The average daily Medicare revenue recorded during any measurement period for services provided to hospice

patients.

The following table summarizes our overall home health and hospice statistics for the periods indicated:

Home health services:

Total home health admissions

Total Medicare home health admissions

Average Medicare revenue per 60-day completed episode

Hospice services:

Average hospice daily census

Total hospice admissions

Hospice Medicare revenue per day

Senior Living Services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

22,637   

10,656   

3,018    $

1,680   

6,196   

164    $

18,220   

8,711   

2,982   

1,329   

4,764   

160   

$

$

• Occupancy.  The  ratio  of  actual  number  of  days  our  units  are  occupied  during  any  measurement  period  to  the  number  of  units  available  for

occupancy during such measurement period.

•

Average  monthly  revenue  per  occupied  unit.  The  revenue  for  senior  living  services  during  any  measurement  period  divided  by  actual  occupied
senior living units for such measurement period divided by the number of months for such measurement period.

The following table summarizes our senior living statistics for the periods indicated:

Occupancy

Average monthly revenue per occupied unit

Revenue Sources

Home Health and Hospice Services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

80.2  %

3,120 

  $

79.5  %

3,044 

Home Health. We derive the majority of our home health business revenue from Medicare and managed care. The Medicare payment is adjusted for
differences between estimated and actual payment amounts, an inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor
and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. The Medicare HH PPS provides home health agencies with payments for each 60-day episode of care for each
beneficiary. If a beneficiary is still eligible for care after the end of the first episode, a second episode can begin. There are no limits to the number of episodes
a  beneficiary  who  remains  eligible  for  the  home  health  benefit  can  receive.  While  payment  for  each  episode  is  adjusted  to  reflect  the  beneficiary’s  health
condition and needs, a special outlier provision exists to ensure appropriate payment for those beneficiaries that have the most expensive care needs. The
payment  under  the  Medicare  program  is  also  adjusted  for  certain  variables  including,  but  not  limited  to:  (a)  a  low  utilization  payment  adjustment  if  the
number  of  visits  was  fewer  than  five;  (b)  a  partial  payment  if  the  patient  transferred  to  another  provider  or  the  Company  received  a  patient  from  another
provider  before  completing  the  episode;  (c)  a  payment  adjustment  based  upon  the  level  of  therapy  services  required;  (d)  the  number  of  episodes  of  care
provided to a patient, regardless of whether the same home health provider provided care for the entire series of episodes; (e) changes in the base episode
payments  established  by  the  Medicare  program;  (f)  adjustments  to  the  base  episode  payments  for  case  mix  and  geographic  wages;  and  (g)  recoveries  of
overpayments.  On  October  31,  2019,  CMS  issued  the  final  rule  updating  the  Medicare  HH  PPS  rates  and  wage  index  for  calendar  year  2020  and
implementing  PDGM.  The  final  rule  established  a  1.5%  increase  in  the  home  health  base  payment.  PDGM  introduces  case-mix  calculation  methodology
refinements, changes to LUPA thresholds, the elimination of therapy thresholds, a change to the unit of payment from a 60-day episode to a 30-day episode,
and a reduction in fiscal year 2020 and full elimination in fiscal year 2021 of RAPs

49

 
Table of Contents

Hospice. We derive the majority of our hospice business revenue from our hospice business from Medicare reimbursement. The estimated payment
rates are calculated as daily rates for each of the levels of care we deliver. Rates are set based on specific levels of care, are adjusted by a wage index to reflect
healthcare labor costs across the country and are established annually through federal legislation. The following are the four levels of care provided under the
hospice benefit:

•

Routine Home Care. Care that is not classified under any of the other levels of care, such as the work of nurses, social workers or home health aides.

• General  Inpatient  Care.  Pain  control  or  acute  or  chronic  symptom  management  that  cannot  be  managed  in  a  setting  other  than  an  inpatient

Medicare-certified facility, such as a hospital, skilled nursing facility or hospice inpatient facility.

•

•

Continuous Home Care. Care for patients experiencing a medical crisis that requires nursing services to achieve palliation and symptom control, if
the agency provides a minimum of eight hours of care within a 24-hour period.

Inpatient Respite Care. Short-term, inpatient care to give temporary relief to the caregiver who regularly provides care to the patient.

CMS  has  established  a  two-tiered  payment  system  for  RHC.  Hospices  are  reimbursed  at  a  higher  rate  for  RHC  services  provided  from  days  of
service 1 through 60 and a lower rate for all subsequent days of service. CMS also provided for a Service Intensity Add-On, which increases payments for
certain RHC services provided by registered nurses and social workers to hospice patients during the final seven days of life.

Medicare reimbursement is adjusted for an inability to obtain appropriate billing documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and other
reasons unrelated to credit risk. Additionally, as Medicare hospice revenue is subject to an inpatient cap limit and an overall payment cap, we monitor our
provider numbers and estimate amounts due back to Medicare to the extent that the cap has been exceeded.

Senior Living Services . As of December 31, 2019, we provided assisted living, independent living and memory care services at 52 communities.
Within  our  senior  living  operations,  we  generate  revenue  primarily  from  private  pay  sources,  with  a  portion  earned  from  Medicaid  or  other  state-specific
programs.

Primary Components of Expense

Cost of Services (excluding rent, general and administrative expense and depreciation and amortization). Our cost of services represents the costs
of  operating  our  independent  operating  subsidiaries,  which  primarily  consists  of  payroll  and  related  benefits,  supplies,  purchased  services,  and  ancillary
expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and therapy services provided to patients. Cost of services also includes the cost of general and professional liability
insurance and other general cost of services specifically attributable to our operations.

Rent—Cost of Services. Rent—cost of services consists solely of base minimum rent amounts payable under lease agreements to our landlords. Our
subsidiaries  lease  and  operate  but  do  not  own  the  underlying  real  estate  at  our  operations,  and  these  amounts  do  not  include  taxes,  insurance,  impounds,
capital reserves or other charges payable under the applicable lease agreements.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense consists primarily of payroll and related benefits and travel expenses for
our Service Center personnel, including training and other operational support. General and administrative expense also includes professional fees (including
accounting and legal fees), costs relating to our information systems, stock-based compensation and rent for our Service Center offices.

Depreciation and Amortization. Property and equipment are recorded at their original historical cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-
line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets (ranging from three to 15 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-
line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated and combined financial statements,

which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

50

 
 
 
Table of Contents

(“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis we review our judgments and estimates, including but not limited to those related to
revenue,  cost  allocations,  leases,  intangible  assets,  goodwill,  and  income  taxes.  We  base  our  estimates  and  judgments  upon  our  historical  experience,
knowledge of current conditions and our belief of what could occur in the future considering available information, including assumptions that we believe to
be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  By  their  nature,  these  estimates  and  judgments  are  subject  to  an  inherent  degree  of  uncertainty,  and  actual  results
could  differ  materially  from  the  amounts  reported.  While  we  believe  that  our  estimates,  assumptions,  and  judgments  are  reasonable,  they  are  based  on
information  available  when  the  estimate  was  made.  Refer  to  Note  2,  Basis  of  Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  within  the
Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for further information on our critical accounting estimates and policies, which are as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

Revenue recognition - The estimate of variable considerations to arrive at the transaction price, including methods and assumptions used to
determine settlements with Medicare and Medicaid payors or retroactive adjustments due to audits and reviews;

Cost allocation - The Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements include allocations of costs for certain shared services provided to the
Company by Ensign subsidiaries prior to the spin-off on October 1, 2019. These costs were allocated to the Company on a basis of revenue, location,
employee count, or other measures;

Leases - We use our estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date in determining the
present value of future lease payments;

Acquisition accounting - The assumptions used to allocate the purchase price paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with our
acquisitions; and

Income taxes - The estimation of valuation allowance or the need for and magnitude of liabilities for uncertain tax position.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                Information  concerning  recently  issued  accounting  pronouncements  which  are  not  yet  effective  is  included  in  Note  2,  Basis  of  Presentation  and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Audited Financial Statements. As indicated in Note 2, we are still evaluating the impact of the recently
issued accounting pronouncements on our financial statements.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth details of our revenue, expenses and earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

Total revenue

Expense:

Cost of services

Rent—cost of services

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to Pennant

51

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

100.0  %

100.0  %

100.0  %

76.5 

10.3 

10.4 

1.1 

98.3 

1.7 

(0.1)

1.6 

0.6 

1.0 

0.2 

74.3 

10.9 

6.6 

1.0 

92.8 

7.2 

— 

7.2 

1.5 

5.7 

0.2 

74.6 

12.5 

5.8 

1.0 

93.9 

6.1 

— 

6.1 

2.1 

4.0 

0.1 

0.8  %

5.5  %

3.9  %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Home health and hospice services

Home health

Hospice

Home care and other(a)
Total home health and hospice services

Senior living services

Total revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Revenue Dollars Revenue Percentage Revenue Dollars Revenue Percentage

$

$

83,330   

105,682   

17,612   

206,624   

131,907   

338,531   

(In thousands)

24.6  % $

31.2 

5.2 

61.0 

39.0 

100.0  % $

71,669   

82,658   

14,710   

169,037   

117,021   

286,058   

25.1  %

28.9 

5.1 

59.1 

40.9 

100.0  %

(a) Home care and other revenue is included with home health revenue in other disclosures in this report.

Our  consolidated  and  combined  revenue  increased  $52.5  million,  or  18.3%.  Revenue  from  acquired  operations  increased  our  consolidated  and

combined revenue by $18.6 million or 6.5% during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Home Health and Hospice Services

Home health and hospice revenue

Home health services

Hospice services

Home care and other

Total home health and hospice revenue

Home health services:

Total home health admissions

Total Medicare home health admissions

Average Medicare revenue per 60-day completed episode

Hospice services:

Total hospice admissions

Average daily census

Hospice Medicare revenue per day

Number of home health and hospice agencies at period end

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

(In thousands)

83,330    $

71,669    $

105,682   

17,612   

82,658   

14,710   

206,624    $

169,037    $

11,661   

23,024   

2,902   

37,587   

16.3  %

27.9 

19.7 

22.2  %

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

22,637   

10,656   

18,220   

8,711   

3,018    $

2,982    $

6,196   

1,680   

164    $

63   

4,764   

1,329   

160    $

54   

4,417   

1,945   

36   

1,432   

351   

4   

9   

24.2  %

22.3 

1.2 

30.1 

26.4 

2.5 

16.7  %

$

$

$

$

Home  health  and  hospice  revenue  increased  $37.6  million,  or  22.2%.  Medicare  and  managed  care  revenue  increased  $30.5  million,  or  21.7%.
Revenue  growth  was  due  to  movement  on  numerous  levels  including  all  key  metrics  listed  above,  and  primarily  driven  by  increases  in  total  home  health
admissions of 24.2% and average daily census of 26.4%, which growth was partially driven by an increase of $17.0 million or 10.1% from the addition of
nine home health, hospice and home care operations between December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Senior Living Services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

Revenue (in thousands)

Number of communities at period end

Occupancy

Average monthly revenue per occupied unit

$

$

131,907 

  $

117,021 

  $

14,886 

52 

80.2  %

50 

79.5  %

3,120 

  $

3,044 

  $

2 

0.7  %

76 

12.7  %

4.0  %

2.5  %

Senior living revenue increased $14.9 million, or 12.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the same period in the prior year.
An increase of $1.6 million or 1.4% in revenue from the addition of two senior living communities occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019. We
also experienced an increase in occupancy of 0.7%.

Cost of Services

The following table sets forth total cost of services by each of our reportable segments for the periods indicated:

Home Health and Hospice

Senior Living

Total cost of services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

(In thousands)

$

$

174,037    $

142,336    $

84,904   

70,085   

258,941    $

212,421    $

31,701   

14,819   

46,520   

22.3  %

21.1  %

21.9  %

Consolidated and Combined cost of services increased $46.5 million or 21.9%. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue increased by 2.2% to

76.5% compared to 74.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Home Health and Hospice Services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

(In thousands)

Cost of service

$

174,037 

  $

142,336 

  $

31,701 

22.3  %

Cost of services as a percentage of revenue

84.2  %

84.2  %

—  %

Cost of services related to our home health and hospice services segment increased $31.7 million, or 22.3%, primarily due to increased volume of
services. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 remained flat when compared to the year ended December 31,
2018.

Senior Living Services

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

Change

% Change

(In thousands)

Cost of service

$

84,904 

  $

70,085 

  $

14,819 

21.1  %

Cost of services as a percentage of revenue

64.4  %

59.9  %

4.5  %

Cost of services related to our senior living services segment increased $14.8 million, or 21.1%, and by 4.5% as a percent of revenue as a result of

the increase in costs associated with newly acquired communities and additional field-based

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

resources to support our growing infrastructure. Our acquisition focus is to opportunistically acquire underperforming operations. Historically, we generally
experience higher cost of services at newly acquired operations; therefore, we anticipate fluctuation in cost of services as a percentage of revenue during years
of acquisition growth.

Rent—Cost of Services.  While  actual  rent  increased  from  $31.2  million  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  to  $35.0  million  in  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of acquisitions and through certain lease modifications which occurred in connection with the Spin-Off. Rent as a
percentage of total revenue decreased by 0.6% from 10.9% to 10.3% in the year ended December 31, 2019, as the growth in revenue outpaced the increase in
rent expense.

General and Administrative Expense. Our general and administrative expense increased from 6.6% to 10.4% as a percentage of revenue, or from
$18.8  million  to  $35.1  million,  primarily  due  to  transaction  related  costs  of  $13.2  million  or  3.9%  of  revenue.  After  the  Spin-Off  additional  general  and
administrative costs of $3.0 million were incurred as part of the Transition Services Agreement of which $0.5 million is for costs associated with running
concurrent systems and process which may occur throughout the term of the agreement.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense remained relatively flat as a percentage of total revenue.

Provision for Income Taxes. As of the completion of the Spin-Off, approximately $10.3 million of transaction costs became nondeductible, having a
one-time impact of increasing our effective tax rate significantly. Income tax expense recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflects tax benefits of
approximately  $1.9  million  from  share-based  payment  awards  that  were  partially  offset  by  non-deductible  items.  See  Note  14,  Income  Taxes,  to  the
Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report filed on Form 10-K for further discussion.

Comparison of Prior Year Information

For a comparison of our results of operations of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 refer to

Item 2. Financial Information of our Form 10 filed with the SEC on September 3, 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  we  participated  in  a  cash  management  arrangement  with  Ensign  with  the  net  activity  of  cash  reflected  in  the  Net  Parent
Investment. Following the Spin-Off, we no longer participate in this cash management arrangement with Ensign. Our principal sources of liquidity following
the Spin-Off will be our cash on hand, our ability to generate cash through operations, and a newly established Credit Agreement described in further detail
below.

Revolving Credit Facility 

The Revolving Credit Facility is not subject to interim amortization and the Company will not be required to repay any loans under the Revolving
Credit Facility prior to maturity in 2024. The Company is permitted to prepay all or any portion of the loans under the Revolving Credit Facility prior to
maturity without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of any LIBOR breakage costs of the lenders.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we incurred indebtedness of $30.0 million, which we subsequently reduced to $20.0 million as of December 31,
2019.  The  $30.0  million  reflects  proceeds  from  issuance  of  indebtedness  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  including  approximately  $1.5  million  in
financing  cost.  The  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  indebtedness  were  used  to  pay  a  distribution  to  Ensign  of  $11.6  million  as  well  as  Spin-Off  related
transaction costs and for general working capital purposes.

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents, cash generated through operations and our access to financing facilities, together with funding

through third-party sources such as commercial banks, will be sufficient to fund our operating activities, anticipated capital expenditures and growth needs.

54

Table of Contents

The following table presents selected data from our combined statement of cash flows for the periods presented:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash

Cash at beginning of year

Cash at end of year

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

$

9,554    $

(26,465)  

17,272   

361   

41   

$

402    $

23,275   

(9,477)  

(13,793)  

5   

36   

41   

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Our net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $13.7 million. The decrease was primarily due to a

decrease in net income as a result of Spin-Off related transaction costs.

Our net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $17.0 million. This use of cash is primarily attributable

to our spending on business and asset acquisitions which increased by $13.5 million, and an increase in capital expenditure spending of $3.1 million in
support of establishing post Spin-Off stand-alone systems.

        Our net cash provided by (used in) financing activities increase by approximately $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 when compared
to December 31, 2018 due primarily to activity within or Credit Agreement and a cash distribution to Ensign in connection with the Spin-off.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total

(In thousands)

Operating lease obligation(a)
Long-term debt(b)
Interest payments on long-term debt(c)

Total

$

37,087    $

36,654    $

36,131    $

35,712    $

35,359    $

387,878    $ 568,821   

—   

1,352   

—   

1,352   

—   

1,352   

—   

1,352   

20,000   

1,015   

—   

—   

—   

—   

$

38,439    $

38,006    $

37,483    $

37,064    $

56,374    $

387,878    $ 568,821   

(a) Lease amounts include minimum rental payments under our non-cancelable operating leases. The amounts presented are consistent with contractual terms and are not expected to differ
significantly from actual results under our existing leases. In connection with the Spin-Off, we amended our master lease agreements with Ensign and certain other landlords.
(b) Assumes all long-term debt is outstanding until scheduled maturity.
(c) Interest payments on long-term debt are projected for future periods using the interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2019. Interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in
market interest rates and borrowings.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk. We are exposed to risks associated with market changes in interest rates. Our Revolving Credit Facility exposes us to variability in
interest payments due to changes in LIBOR. A 1.0% interest rate change would cause interest expense to change by approximately $0.2 million annually. We
manage our exposure to this market risk by monitoring available financing alternatives.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight quarters in the two-year period ended

December 31, 2019. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been disclosed or derived

        
        
Table of Contents

from  our  unaudited  quarterly  financial  statements  on  Forms  10-Q  and  our  Form  10,  which  were  prepared  on  the  same  basis  as  our  audited  consolidated
financial statements. You should read the following table presenting our quarterly consolidated and combined results of operations in conjunction with our
audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The operating results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

Revenues

Cost of Services

Total Expenses

Net income (loss)

Income attributable to noncontrolling
interests

Net income (loss) attributable to The
Pennant Group, Inc.
Net income (loss) per share(a)

Basic

Dilutive

Dec. 31,
2019

Sept. 30,
2019

June 30,
2019

Mar. 31,
2019

Dec. 31,
2018

Sept. 30,
2018

June 30,
2018

Mar. 31,
2018

(In thousands, except per share data)

$ 89,492    $ 88,398    $ 82,734    $ 77,907    $ 75,337    $ 72,953    $ 69,789    $ 67,979   

68,888   

90,887   

68,286   

86,472   

63,038   

79,422   

58,729   

76,080   

56,313   

70,621   

54,167   

67,150   

51,860   

64,256   

50,081   

63,400   

$ (3,799)   $

1,803    $

3,687    $

1,484    $

3,952    $

4,415    $

4,442    $

3,470   

$

—    $

279    $

200    $

150    $

182    $

43    $

281    $

89   

$ (3,799)   $

1,524    $

3,487    $

1,334    $

3,770    $

4,372    $

4,161    $

3,381   

$

$

(0.14)   $

(0.14)   $

0.06    $

0.06    $

0.13    $

0.13    $

0.05    $

0.05    $

0.14    $

0.16    $

0.14    $

0.16    $

0.16 $

0.16 $

0.12

0.12

(a) Net income per share includes net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the numerator for the historical periods prior to the Spin-Off as the non-controlling subsidiary interest
included in the consolidated and combined financial statements was converted into common shares of Pennant concurrent with the date of the Spin-Off.

The summation of quarterly per share information may not equal amounts for the full year as quarterly calculations are performed on a discrete basis.

Additionally, securities may have had an anti-dilutive effect during individual quarters but not for the full year.

The consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes listed in Part IV, Item 15(a)(1) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

are included elsewhere in this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange
Act  of  1934,  as  amended),  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial
Officer  have  concluded  that  these  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  we  are  required  to
disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This annual report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an

attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

56

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2019, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officers and
principal financial officer, there were no material changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

57

Table of Contents

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Part III.

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A for the 2020 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A for the 2020 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A for the 2020 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A for the 2020 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Form 14A for the 2020 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders.

58

Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules

Part IV.

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(a)(1) Financial Statements:

The following Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of the Company are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-

K.

•

•

•

•

•

Report of the Registered Independent Auditor

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Net Parent Investment for the Three Years Ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

• Notes to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

The following Financial Statement Schedules are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K immediately following the

Financial Statements of the Company.

•

Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(a) (3) Exhibits:  The following exhibits are filed with this Report or incorporated by reference:

Exhibits

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

2.1#

3.1

3.2

4.1*

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

Master Separation Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, by and between The Ensign Group, Inc. and The Pennant Group,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900)
filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Pennant Group, Inc., effective as of September 27, 2019
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900) filed
with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Amended and Restated By-laws of The Pennant Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to The Pennant Group,
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Description of Securities of The Pennant Group, Inc.

Transition Services Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, by and between The Ensign Group, Inc. and The Pennant Group,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, by and between The Ensign Group, Inc. and The Pennant Group, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900)
filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, by and between The Ensign Group, Inc. and The Pennant Group,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Form of Lease Agreement by and among subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries of The Pennant Group, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on
Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on August 19, 2019).

59

 
 
Table of Contents

10.5+

10.6+

10.7+

10.8+

10.9+

10.10+

10.11

10.12

10.13+

10.14+

21.1*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1**

32.2**

101.INS*

101.SCH*

101.CAL*

101.DEF*

101.LAB*

101.PRE*

104*

The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to The Pennant Group,
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Form of Options Granted Under The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.6 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed
with the SEC on August 19, 2019).

Form of RSUs Granted Under The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.7 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed
with the SEC on August 19, 2019).

Form of RS Granted Under The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed with the
SEC on August 19, 2019).

The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to The Pennant Group,
Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Form of LTIP RS Granted Under The Pennant Group, Inc. 2019 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900)
filed with the SEC on August 19, 2019).

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between The Pennant Group, Inc. and each of its directors and
executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to The Pennant Group, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on August 19, 2019).

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2019, by and among The Pennant Group, Inc., as borrower, SunTrust Bank, as
administrative agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to The Pennant
Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on October 3, 2019).

Cornerstone Healthcare, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to The Pennant Group,
Inc.’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on September 3,
2019).

The Ensign Group, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to The Pennant Group,
Inc.’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-38900) filed with the SEC on September 3,
2019).

Subsidiaries of The Pennant Group, Inc.

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded
within the Inline XBRL document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

Cover Page Interactive Data File – the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

60

Table of Contents

* Filed with this report.
** Furnished with this report.
+ Exhibit constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.
# Schedules omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Pennant Group Inc. agrees to furnish a supplemental
copy of any omitted schedule to the SEC upon request.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

61

Table of Contents

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the

undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 4, 2020

The Pennant Group, Inc.

BY: 

/s/ JENNIFER L. FREEMAN  

Jennifer L. Freeman

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Duly
Authorized Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DANIEL H WALKER

Daniel H Walker

/s/ JENNIFER L. FREEMAN

Jennifer L. Freeman

/s/ CHRISTOPER R. CHRISTENSEN

Christopher R. Christensen

/s/ JOHN G. NACKEL, Ph.D.

John G. Nackel, Ph.D.

 /s/ STEPHEN M. R. COVEY

Stephen M. R. Covey

/s/ JOANNE STRINGFIELD

JoAnne Stringfield

/s/ SCOTT E. LAMB

Scott E. Lamb

/s/ RODERIC W. LEWIS

Roderic W. Lewis

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

62

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

March 4, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements:
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Net Parent Investment for the Years Ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

64

65
66

67
68
70

63

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of
The Pennant Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of The Pennant Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and
2018, the related consolidated and combined statements of income, stockholders’ equity and net parent investment, and cash flows for each of the three years
in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2019,  and  the  related  notes  and  the  schedule  listed  in  the  Index  at  Item  15  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial
statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019
and 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As  discussed  in  Note  2  to  the  financial  statements,  effective  January  1,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  FASB  ASC  Topic  842,  Leases,  using  the  modified
retrospective transition method.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company's  financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boise, Idaho
March 4, 2020
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.

64

Table of Contents

Assets

Current assets:

Cash

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Accounts receivable—less allowance for doubtful accounts of $677 and $616, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Right-of-use assets (Note 13)
Escrow deposits

Restricted and other assets

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Other indefinite-lived intangibles

Total assets

Liabilities and equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued wages and related liabilities

Lease liabilities—current (Note 13)
Other accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities—less current portion (Note 13)
Other long-term liabilities

Long-term debt, net

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 28,435 and 27,853 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2019, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated deficit

Net parent investment

Noncontrolling interest

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

$

$

$

$

402    $

32,183   

6,098   

38,683   

14,644   

316,328   

1,400   

1,955   

45   

41,233   

33,462   

447,750    $

8,653    $

16,343   

12,285   

13,911   

51,192   

304,044   

2,877   

18,526   

376,639   

28   

74,882   

(3,799)  

—   

—   

71,111   

447,750    $

41   

24,469   

4,613   

29,123   

10,458   

—   

—   

2,464   

78   

30,892   

25,136   

98,151   

4,390   

12,786   

—   

12,371   

29,547   

—   

3,316   

—   

32,863   

—   

—   

—   

55,856   

9,432   

65,288   

98,151   

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

65

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except for per-share amounts)

Table of Contents

Revenue

Expense

Cost of services

Rent—cost of services (Note 13)
General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total expenses

Income from operations

Other income (expense):

Interest expense, net

Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income and other comprehensive income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.
Earnings per share (Note 4):
Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

66

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018 

2017

$

338,531    $

286,058    $

250,991   

258,941   

212,421   

187,278   

34,975   

35,135   

3,810   

332,861   

5,670   

(410)  

5,260   

2,085   

3,175   

629   

31,199   

18,843   

2,964   

265,427   

20,631   

—   

20,631   

4,352   

16,279   

595   

2,546    $

15,684    $

31,304   

14,463   

2,544   

235,589   

15,402   

—   

15,402   

5,375   

10,027   

160   

9,867   

0.11    $

0.11    $

0.58    $

0.58    $

0.36   

0.36   

27,838   

29,586   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

27,834   

$

$

$

 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND NET PARENT INVESTMENT
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Net Parent
Investment

Non-
Controlling
Interest

Total

Balance at December 31, 2016

—    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

46,902    $

1,458    $

48,360   

Noncontrolling interest attributable to subsidiary equity
plan

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net transfer from parent

Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(1,938)  

—   

165   

9,867   

3,302   

160   

—   

—   

1,364   

160   

165   

9,867   

Balance at December 31, 2017

—    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

54,996    $

4,920    $

59,916   

Noncontrolling interest attributable to subsidiary equity
plan

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net transfer from parent

Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(2,539)  

—   

(12,285)  

15,684   

3,917   

595   

—   

—   

1,378   

595   

(12,285)  

15,684   

Balance at December 31, 2018

—    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

55,856    $

9,432    $

65,288   

Noncontrolling interest attributable to subsidiary equity
plan

Stock repurchase related to subsidiary equity plan

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net transfer from parent

Net income/ (loss) attributable to The Pennant Group,
Inc.

Cash distribution to Parent

Reclassification of invested equity

Issuance of common stock at Spin-Off

Stock-based compensation after Spin-Off

Exercise of stock options, issuance of other awards after
the Spin-Off

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

27,834   

—   

601   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

28   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

72,893   

(28)  

1,987   

30   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(3,799)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(2,991)  

—   

—   

11,894   

6,345   

(11,600)  

(59,504)  

—   

—   

—   

3,585   

(394)  

629   

—   

—   

(13,252)  

—   

—   

—   

594   

(394)  

629   

11,894   

2,546   

(11,600)  

137   

—   

1,987   

30   

Balance at December 31, 2019

28,435    $

28    $

74,882    $

(3,799)   $

—    $

—    $

71,111   

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

67

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

2017

$

3,175    $

16,279    $

10,027   

Depreciation and amortization

Amortization of deferred financing fees

Provision for doubtful accounts

Share-based compensation

Non-cash leasing arrangement (Note 13)

Deferred income taxes

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Operating lease obligations

Accounts payable

Accrued wages and related liabilities

Other accrued liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property and equipment

Cash payments for business acquisitions

Cash payments for asset acquisitions

Cash proceeds received on sale of intangibles

Cash proceeds from the sale of assets

Escrow deposits

Restricted and other assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary shares

Repurchase of subsidiary shares

Net investment from/(to) parent

Cash distribution to parent in connection with Spin-Off

Proceeds from revolver agreement

Payments on revolver agreement

Payments for deferred financing costs

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash

Cash beginning of period

Cash end of period

3,810   

78   

858   

3,382   

220   

79   

(8,571)  

(2,746)  

(2,081)  

4,069   

3,376   

1,720   

2,185   

9,554   

(6,714)  

(18,760)  

(20)  

—   

—   

(1,400)  

429   

(26,465)  

2,293   

(2,687)  

10,788   

(11,600)  

42,500   

(22,500)  

(1,552)  

30   

17,272   

2,964   

—   

346   

2,382   

—   

—   

(2,569)  

(210)  

—   

1,373   

1,583   

398   

729   

23,275   

(3,603)  

(4,725)  

(593)  

—   

—   

—   

(556)  

(9,477)  

1,972   

(1,972)  

(13,793)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

2,544   

—   

3,374   

2,298   

—   

—   

(5,707)  

113   

—   

432   

2,708   

199   

1,262   

17,250   

(3,133)  

(12,059)  

—   

500   

121   

—   

(1,512)  

(16,083)  

—   

—   

(1,161)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(13,793)  

(1,161)  

361   

41   

402    $

$

5   

36   

41    $

6   

30   

36   

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

68

 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - (Continued)
(In Thousands)

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest

Income taxes

Lease liabilities

Non-cash financing and investing activity:

Capital expenditures

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations

Adjustment to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities from lease modifications

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

2017

$

$

$

$

$

$

156    $

120    $

37,088    $

946    $

9,059    $

77,462    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

717    $

—    $

—    $

—   

—   

—   

309   

—   

—   

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

69

 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The  Pennant  Group,  Inc.  (herein  referred  to  as  “Pennant,”  the  “Company,”  “it,”  or  “its”),  is  a  holding  company  with  no  direct  operating  assets,
employees or revenue. The Company, through its independent operating subsidiaries, provides healthcare services across the post-acute care continuum. As of
December  31,  2019,  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  operated  63  home  health,  hospice  and  home  care  agencies  and  52  senior  living  communities  located  in
Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Nevada, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming.

On October 1, 2019, The Ensign Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: ENSG) (“Ensign” or the “Parent”) completed the separation of Pennant (the “Spin-Off”).
To  accomplish  the  Spin-Off,  Ensign  contributed  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities  into  Pennant  and  distributed  to  Ensign’s  stockholders  all  of  the
outstanding shares of Pennant common stock. Each Ensign stockholder received a distribution of one share of Pennant common stock for every two shares of
Ensign’s common stock, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Additionally, the noncontrolling interest was converted into shares of Pennant at the established
conversion  ratio.  As  a  result  of  the  Spin-Off  on  October  1,  2019,  Pennant  began  trading  as  an  independent  company  on  the  NASDAQ  under  the  symbol
“PNTG.”

Certain  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries,  collectively  referred  to  as  the  Service  Center,  provide  accounting,  payroll,  human  resources,  information

technology, legal, risk management, and other services to the operations through contractual relationships.

Each  of  the  Company’s  affiliated  operations  are  operated  by  separate,  independent  subsidiaries  that  have  their  own  management,  employees  and
assets. References herein to the consolidated “Company” and “its” assets and activities is not meant to imply, nor should it be construed as meaning, that
Pennant has direct operating assets, employees or revenue, or that any of the subsidiaries, are operated by Pennant.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation - The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company (the “Financial Statements”) reflect the
Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  as  the  business  was  operated  as  part  of  Ensign  prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  and  have  been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”).  Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  the  combined  financial  statements  were  prepared  on  a  stand-alone  basis  and  derived  from  the
consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Ensign. Management believes that the Financial Statements reflect, in all material respects, all
adjustments which are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for
the periods presented in conformity with GAAP applicable to the annual period.

All intercompany transactions and balances between the various legal entities comprising the Company have been eliminated in consolidation. The

consolidated and combined statements of income reflect income that is attributable to the Company and the noncontrolling interest.

The Company consists of various limited liability companies and corporations established to operate home health, hospice, home care, and senior
living operations. The Financial Statements include the accounts of all entities controlled by the Company through its ownership of a majority voting interest.
Revenue was derived from transactional information specific to the Company’s services provided. The costs in the consolidated and combined statements of
income reflect direct costs and allocated costs prior to the Spin-Off.

Estimates and Assumptions - The preparation of Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The most significant estimates in the Company’s Financial Statements relate
to revenue, cost allocations, intangible assets and goodwill, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases greater than 12 months, and income taxes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

70

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Revenue Recognition - On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts
with Customers (“Topic 606”) applying the modified retrospective method. The adoption of Topic 606 did not have a material impact on the measurement nor
on the recognition of revenue of contracts, for which all revenue had not been recognized, as of January 1, 2018, therefore no cumulative adjustment has been
made to the opening balance of retained earnings at the beginning of 2018. See Note 5, Revenue and Accounts Receivable.

Cost Allocation - The Financial Statements include allocations of costs for certain shared services provided to the Company by Ensign subsidiaries
prior to the Spin-Off on October 1, 2019. Such allocations include, but are not limited to, executive management, accounting, human resources, information
technology, compliance, legal, payroll, insurance, tax, treasury, and other general and administrative items. These costs were allocated to the Company on a
basis  of  revenue,  location,  employee  count,  or  other  measures.  These  cost  allocations  are  reflected  within  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the
consolidated and combined statements of income, including for share-based compensation expenses disclosed in Note 12, Options and Awards. The amount
of general and administrative costs allocated prior to October 1, 2019, inclusive of share-based compensation expense, was $23,710. The amount of general
and  administrative  costs,  inclusive  of  share-based  compensation,  allocated  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017  were  $18,843  and  $14,463,
respectively.  Management  believes  the  basis  on  which  the  expenses  were  allocated  to  be  a  reasonable  reflection  of  the  services  provided  to  the  Company
during the periods.

Ensign’s  external  debt  and  related  interest  expense  were  not  allocated  to  the  Company  for  any  of  the  periods  presented  as  no  portion  of  the

borrowings were assumed by the Company as part of the Spin-Off. All interest incurred by the Company was subsequent to the Spin-Off.

Prior to the Spin-Off, employees of the Company’s subsidiaries participated in Ensign’s equity-based incentive plans (the “Ensign Plans”) and the
Cornerstone  Subsidiary  Equity  plan  (the  “Subsidiary  Equity  Plan”).  Share-based  compensation  includes  the  expense  attributable  to  employees  of  the
Company’s subsidiaries who participated in the Ensign Plans, as well as the allocated cost related to Ensign subsidiaries’ employees that participated in the
Ensign  Plans.  Share-based  compensation  related  to  Ensign  subsidiaries’  employees  that  participated  in  the  Ensign  Plans  were  allocated  on  the  basis  of
revenue. All share-based compensation related to the Subsidiary Equity Plan was recognized in the Financial Statements and, therefore, no cost allocation was
necessary.

Prior to the Spin-Off, share-based compensation costs associated with the Subsidiary Equity Plan awards was initially measured at fair value at the
grant date and was expensed as non-cash compensation over the vesting term. Historically, these awards were granted once per year and the fair value has
been determined by an independent valuation of the subsidiary shares. The valuation incorporated a discounted cash flow analysis combined with a market-
based approach to determine the fair value of the subsidiary equity.

Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank term deposits and therefore approximates fair value. The Company places its
cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Prior to the Spin-off the Company participated in a cash management program with Ensign where net cash
activity was included in the net parent investment.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from Medicare and Medicaid
programs, other government programs, managed care health plans and private payor sources, net of estimates for variable consideration. The allowance for
doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance.

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are initially recorded at their historical cost. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets (ranging from three to 15 years). Leasehold
improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in the independent operating
subsidiaries for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability
of  these  assets  is  determined  based  upon  expected  undiscounted  future  net  cash  flows  from  the  operating  subsidiary  to  which  the  assets  relate,  utilizing
management’s  best  estimate,  appropriate  assumptions,  and  projections  at  the  time.  If  the  carrying  value  is  determined  to  be  unrecoverable  from  future
operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair
value  of  the  asset.  The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  assets  based  on  the  estimated  future  discounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset.  Management  has
evaluated its long-lived assets and the Company did not identify any asset impairment during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

71

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Intangible  Assets  and  Goodwill  -  Definite-lived  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  patient  base  and  customer  relationships.  Patient  base  is
amortized over a period of four months to eight months, depending on the classification of the patients and the level of occupancy in a new acquisition when
acquired. Customer relationships are amortized between one to seven years depending on the significance of the relationships.

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names and Medicare and Medicaid licenses. The Company tests indefinite-lived
intangible  assets  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the
intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company did not identify any asset impairment during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. Given the time
it takes to obtain pertinent information, the initial fair value might not be finalized at the time of the reported period. Accordingly, it is not uncommon for the
initial estimates to be subsequently revised. The Company recorded goodwill and other intangible assets at the operation level when acquired, and as such,
these assets are identifiable specifically to the subsidiaries of Pennant. Goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for
impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performs its
annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year. The Company did not identify any impairment charge during the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017. See further discussion at Note 9, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued liabilities. The Company believes all of the financial instruments’ recorded values approximate fair values because of their nature or respective short
durations. The Company determines fair value measurements are based on a three-tier hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. These
tiers  include:  Level  1,  defined  as  observable  inputs  such  as  quoted  market  prices  in  active  markets;  Level  2,  defined  as  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices
included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little
or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Income Taxes - Prior to the date of the Spin-off, the Company’s operations have been included in Ensign’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns
and  all  income  taxes  have  been  paid  by  subsidiaries  of  Ensign.  Also  prior  to  the  date  of  the  Spin-off,  income  tax  expense  and  other  income  tax  related
information contained in these Financial Statements were presented using a separate tax return approach. Under this approach, the provision for income taxes
represents income tax paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year calculated as if the Company was a stand-alone
taxpayer filing hypothetical income tax returns. Management believes that the assumptions and estimates used to determine these tax amounts are reasonable.
However, the Company’s Financial Statements may not necessarily reflect its income tax expense or tax payments in the future, or what tax amounts would
have been if the Company had been a stand-alone company for the entire period presented.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s
assets and liabilities at tax rates in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The Company generally expects to fully utilize its deferred
tax assets; however, when necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than
not to be realized.

In determining the need for a valuation allowance or the need for and magnitude of liabilities for uncertain tax positions, the Company makes certain
estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are based on, among other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely
future  changes  and,  when  appropriate,  the  opinions  of  advisors  with  knowledge  and  expertise  in  certain  fields.  Due  to  certain  risks  associated  with  the
Company’s estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ.

Noncontrolling  Interest  -  Prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  the  Company  presented  the  noncontrolling  interest  and  the  amount  of  consolidated  net  income
attributable  to  the  Company  in  its  Financial  Statements.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  noncontrolling  interest  was  adjusted  by  an  allocation  of  subsidiary
earnings based on ownership interest prior to the Spin-Off. The noncontrolling subsidiary interest included in the Financial Statements was converted into
common shares of Pennant concurrent with the distribution to Ensign stockholders at the date of the Spin-Off and thus, will no longer be allocated a portion
of earnings.

Share-Based Compensation -The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards, including employee

stock options, made to employees and Pennant’s directors based on estimated fair values,

72

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

ratably over the requisite service period of the award. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. Net income has been reduced as a result of the
recognition of the fair value of all stock options and restricted stock awards issued, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future grants and
other  variables.  The  total  amount  of  share-based  compensation  was  $3,382,  $2,382,  and  $2,298  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,
respectively,  of  which  $2,769,  $1,900  and  $1,823,  respectively,  was  recorded  in  general  and  administrative  expense.  For  further  discussion  see  Note  12,
Options and Awards.

Invested  Capital  -  The  net  parent  investment  on  the  consolidated  and  combined  balance  sheets  represents  Ensign’s  historical  investment  in  the
Company, the net effect of transactions with, and allocations from, Ensign and the Company’s accumulated earnings. Invested capital was reclassified into
additional paid-in-capital at the date of the Spin-Off.

Earnings Per Share - For all prior periods presented, the earnings per share included on the accompanying Consolidated and Combined Statements
of Income was calculated based on the 27,834 shares of Pennant common stock distributed on October 1, 2019 in conjunction with the Spin-Off, including
shares related to the conversion of the noncontrolling interest. Prior to October 1, 2019, Pennant did not have any issued and outstanding common stock. The
same number of shares was used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share since no Pennant employee equity awards were outstanding prior to the
Spin-Off. In connection with the Spin-Off, shares of existing equity awards were replaced with shares under the new Pennant awards and are reflected in
basic and diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2019. For further discussion see Note 4, Computation of Net Income Per Common
Share.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - Except for rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws and a limited
number of grandfathered standards, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) is the sole source of
authoritative GAAP literature recognized by the FASB and applicable to the Company. For any new pronouncements, the Company considers whether the
new  pronouncements  could  alter  previous  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  determines  whether  any  new  or  modified  principles  will  have  a
material impact on the Company’s reported financial position or operations in the near term. The applicability of any standard is subject to the formal review
of the Company’s financial management and certain standards are under consideration.

Recent Accounting Standards Adopted by the Company

Leases and Leasehold Improvements - The Company leases senior living communities and commercial office space. In February 2016, the FASB
established Topic 842, which requires lessees to recognize leases with terms longer than 12 months on the balance sheet and disclose key information about
leasing arrangements. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income
statement. The classification criteria for distinguishing between operating and finance (previously capital) leases are substantially similar to the previous lease
guidance, but with no explicit bright lines.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC Topic 842, Leases (“Topic 842”), using the modified retrospective transition method. Leases for
reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in
accordance  with  our  historic  accounting  under  ASC  Topic  840,  Leases  (“Topic  840”  ).  The  Company  has  elected  the  package  of  practical  expedients
permitted under the transition guidance which allows us to not reassess (1) initial direct costs, (2) lease classification for existing or expired leases, and (3)
lease definition for existing or expired contracts as of the effective date of January 1, 2019. The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s
ongoing accounting. The Company has made an accounting policy election to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off of the balance sheets
and recognize those lease payments in the condensed combined statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease agreements do not
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The Company does not have material subleases.

At the inception of each lease, the Company performs an evaluation to determine whether the lease should be classified as an operating or finance
lease. Operating leases are included in operating lease assets, current operating lease liabilities and noncurrent operating lease liabilities on the Company's
consolidated and combined balance sheet. As the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its estimated incremental borrowing
rate based on the information available at lease commencement date in determining the present value of future lease payments. The Company records rent
expense for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term used for straight-line rent expense is calculated from the date
the Company is given control of the leased premises through the end of the lease term. The lease term excludes lease renewals because the renewal rents are
not at a bargain, there are no economic penalties for the Company not to renew the lease, and it is not reasonably assured that the Company will exercise the
extension options. The lease term used for this evaluation also provides the basis for establishing depreciable lives for buildings subject to lease and leasehold
improvements.

73

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  adoption  of  this  standard  resulted  in  recognition  of  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  of  $240,090  and  $241,453,  respectively,  on  the
Company’s combined balance sheet as of January 1, 2019. Neither net deferred tax assets nor equity were impacted as a result of the adoption of this standard.
The standard did not materially affect its consolidated and combined net earnings or have a notable impact on liquidity. See further discussion at Note 13,
Leases.

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  Topic  842,  the  Company  recognized  revenue  related  to  its  senior  living  residency  agreements  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of Topic 840. Subsequent to the adoption of Topic 842, lessors are required to separately recognize and measure the lease component of a contract
with  a  customer  utilizing  the  provisions  of  Topic  842  and  the  non-lease  components  utilizing  the  provisions  of  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with
Customers. To separately account for the components, the transaction price is allocated among the components based upon the estimated stand-alone selling
prices of the components. Additionally, certain components of a contract which were previously included within the lease element recognized in accordance
with Topic 842 prior to the adoption of Topic 842 (such as common area maintenance services, other basic services, and executory costs) are recognized as
non-lease components subject to the provisions of Topic 606 subsequent to the adoption of Topic 842. Entities are required to recognize a cumulative effect
adjustment to beginning retained earnings as of the initial application date of Topic 842 for changes to amounts recognized for these certain components for
the transition from Topic 840 to Topic 606. However, entities are permitted to elect the practical expedient under ASU 2018-11, Leases  (“ASU  2018-11”),
allowing lessors to not separate non-lease components from the associated lease components when certain criteria are met. Entities that elect to utilize the
lease/non-lease  component  combination  practical  expedient  under  ASU  2018-11  upon  initial  application  of  Topic  842  are  required  to  apply  the  practical
expedient  to  all  new  and  existing  transactions  within  a  class  of  underlying  assets  that  qualify  for  the  expedient  as  of  the  initial  application  date  with  a
cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings as of the initial application date for any changes recognized related to existing transactions.

Upon  adoption  of  Topic  842,  the  Company  elected  the  lessor  practical  expedient  within  ASU  2018-11.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  under
resident agreements based upon the predominant component, either the lease or non-lease component, of the contracts rather than allocating the consideration
and separately accounting for it under Topic 842 and Topic 606. The Company has concluded that the non-lease components of the agreements governing its
senior living communities are the predominant component of the contract; therefore, the Company recognizes revenue for these agreements under Topic 606.
The timing and pattern of revenue recognition is substantially the same as that in effect prior to the adoption of Topics 606 and 842.

Stock Compensation - In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASU 2018-07”), which simplifies several
aspects  of  the  accounting  for  nonemployee  share-based  payment  transactions  resulting  from  expanding  the  scope  of  ASC  Topic  718,  Compensation-Stock
Compensation (“Topic 718”), to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 specifies that
Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations
by issuing share-based payment awards. ASU 2018-07 also clarifies that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1)
financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606.
The  Company  adopted  ASU  2018-07  effective  January  1,  2019.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2018-07  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  Interim  Financial
Statements and related disclosures.

Accounting Standards Recently Issued but Not Yet Adopted by the Company

Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2018-13 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure
Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” or ASU 2018-13 - In August 2018, the FASB issued amended guidance
to  simplify  fair  value  measurement  disclosure  requirements.  The  new  provisions  eliminate  the  requirements  to  disclose  (1)  transfers  between  Level  1  and
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, (2) policies related to valuation processes and the timing of transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy, and (3) net
asset value disclosure of estimates of timing of future liquidity events. The FASB also modified disclosure requirements of Level 3 fair value measurements.
This  guidance  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  which  will  be  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2020,  with  early  adoption
permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU, 2017-04 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” or ASU 2017-04 - In January
2017, the FASB issued amended authoritative guidance to simplify and reduce the cost and complexity of the goodwill impairment test. The new guidance
eliminates “Step 2” from the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test and redefines the concept of impairment from a measure of loss when comparing
the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount, to a measure comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The FASB also
eliminated the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative

74

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

assessment or “Step 2” of the goodwill impairment test. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. This
guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, which will be the Company’s fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted.
The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” or ASU 2016-13 -
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
(“Topic  326”),  which  replaces  the  existing  incurred  loss  impairment  model  with  an  expected  credit  loss  model  and  requires  a  financial  asset  measured  at
amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. Topic 326 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019,
which will be the Company’s fiscal year 2020, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is performing its valuation and does not expect the standard to
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND NET PARENT INVESTMENT

The Financial Statements include a combination of stand-alone and combined business functions between Ensign and the Company’s subsidiaries
prior to the Spin-Off. The Company leases 29 of its senior living communities from subsidiaries of Ensign, each of the leases have a term of between 14 and
16 years from the lease commencement date. The total amount of rent expense included in Rent - cost of services paid to subsidiaries of Ensign was $11,292,
$10,363  and  $11,364  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  For  further  discussion  on  the  modification  of  these  leases
subsequent the Spin-Off on October 1, 2019, see Note 13, Leases.

Certain  related  party  activity  occurred  as  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  received  services  from  Ensign’s  subsidiaries.  Services  included  in  cost  of

services were $3,166, $2,996, and $3,023 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The consolidated and combined balance sheets of the Company include Ensign assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise
attributable to the Company and were transferred to the Company in connection with the Spin-Off. Transactions that have occurred between subsidiaries of
the Company and subsidiaries of Ensign are considered to be effectively settled at the time the transaction is recorded. The net effect of these transactions,
including the cash management, is included in the consolidated and combined statements of cash flows as “Net investment from/(to) Parent”.

Other related party activity with Ensign

On October 1, 2019, in connection with the Spin-Off, Pennant entered into several agreements with Ensign that set forth the principal actions taken

or to be taken in connection with the Spin-Off and govern the relationship of the parties following the Spin-Off, including the following:

• Master  Separation  Agreement:  the  Company  entered  into  a  Master  Separation  Agreement  with  Ensign  prior  to  the  distribution  of  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock to Ensign stockholders. The Master Separation Agreement provides for the allocation of assets and liabilities between the
Company  and  Ensign  and  establishes  certain  rights  and  obligations  between  the  parties  following  the  Distribution  (the  “Master  Separation
Agreement”);

•

•

Transition  Services  Agreement:  provides  that  for  a  limited  time,  Ensign  is  to  provide  the  Company,  and  the  Company  is  to  provide  Ensign,  with
certain  services  to  ensure  an  orderly  transition  following  the  Spin-Off,  including:  human  resources,  accounting,  legal  and  compliance,  IT,  office
facilities, and other general support. Generally, the term for the provision of services under the agreement extends for no longer than two years after
the Spin-Off, subject to certain rights of the parties to extend the term for an additional five months. To the extent transition services are utilized
during the first two years after the Spin-Off, the charges paid by the recipient for the services are generally provided at their market value. Subject to
certain  conditions,  the  services  may  be  terminated  by  the  service-receiving  party  or  by  mutual  written  consent  (the  “Transition  Services
Agreement”). The Company has incurred $2,982 in costs related to the Transitions Services Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2019;

Tax Matters Agreement: provides that Pennant is responsible for indemnifying Ensign for a percentage of tax liabilities related to the Spin-Off and
adjustments to the combined entity in the pre-distribution period (the “Tax Matters Agreement"). It also provides that Pennant will reimburse Ensign
for tax benefits Pennant recognizes in connection with certain Pennant share based awards held by Ensign employees. The Company has recognized
$291 in tax benefits related to the Tax Matters Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2019 and has recorded a payable to Ensign in connection
with this amount;

75

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

•

Employee  Matters  Agreement:  governs  the  parties’  obligations  with  respect  to  certain  employee-related  liabilities  and  certain  employee  benefit
plans, programs, policies and other related matters for employees of Pennant (the “Employee Matters Agreement”);

• Master Lease Agreement: provides for the owned real property and leased space allocated to Ensign or us, or in certain cases shared by Ensign and
us, as the case may be, in a manner that is consistent with the different business uses and needs of Ensign and us (the “Master Lease Agreement”).

4. COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

Basic and diluted net income per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares during
the period. In the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations, net income is equal to net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc. adjusted to
include net income attributable to noncontrolling interest. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest has been included in the numerator for all
periods  as  the  non-controlling  subsidiary  interest  included  in  the  Financial  Statements  was  converted  into  common  shares  of  Pennant  concurrent  with  the
distribution to Ensign stockholders at the date of the Spin-Off.

On  October  1,  2019,  the  distribution  date,  Ensign  stockholders  received  one  share  of  Pennant  common  stock  for  every  two  shares  of  Ensign’s
common stock held as of the record date. The total shares distributed to the Ensign Group stockholders was 26,674. Additionally, concurrent with the Spin-
Off  the  noncontrolling  subsidiary  interest  converted  into  1,160  shares  of  Pennant.  The  total  number  of  common  shares  distributed  on  October  1,  2019  of
27,834 is being utilized for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for all prior periods, as no common stock was outstanding prior to the date
of the Spin-Off.

In conjunction with the Spin-Off, outstanding options and unvested restricted stock awards held by employees of the Company were modified and
replaced with Pennant awards. Additionally, the Company issued new options and restricted stock awards to Pennant and Ensign employees under the 2019
Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “OIP”) and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) which were not included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings
per share for any periods prior to the Spin-Off. Beginning in the fourth quarter, the dilutive impact of outstanding options and equity incentive awards are
reflected  in  diluted  net  income  per  share  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  See  further  discussion  at  of  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plans  in  Note  12,
Options and Awards.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the periods presented:

Numerator:

Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.

Add: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net Income

Denominator:

Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income per share

Plus: incremental shares from assumed conversion(a)

Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted income per share

Earnings Per Share:

Basic net income per common share

Diluted net income per common share

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2,546    $

15,684    $

629   

595   

9,867   

160   

3,175    $

16,279    $

10,027   

27,838   

1,748   

29,586   

27,834   

27,834   

—   

—   

27,834   

27,834   

0.11    $

0.11    $

0.58    $

0.58    $

0.36   

0.36   

$

$

$

$

(a) Options outstanding which are anti-dilutive and therefore not factored into the weighted average common shares amount above were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2019.

5. REVENUE AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Revenues are recognized when services are provided to the patients at the amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be

entitled from patients and third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and insurers

76

 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

(private  and  Medicare  replacement  plans),  in  exchange  for  providing  patient  care.  The  healthcare  services  in  home  health  and  hospice  patient  contracts
include routine services in exchange for a contractual agreed-upon amount or rate. Routine services are treated as a single performance obligation satisfied
over time as services are rendered. As such, patient care services represent a bundle of services that are not capable of being distinct within the context of the
contract. Additionally, there may be ancillary services which are not included in the rates for routine services, but instead are treated as separate performance
obligations satisfied at a point in time, if and when those services are rendered.

Revenue recognized from healthcare services are adjusted for estimates of variable consideration to arrive at the transaction price. The Company
determines the transaction price based on contractually agreed-upon amounts or rate, adjusted for estimates of variable consideration. The Company uses the
expected  value  method  in  determining  the  variable  component  that  should  be  used  to  arrive  at  the  transaction  price,  using  contractual  agreements  and
historical  reimbursement  experience  within  each  payor  type.  The  amount  of  variable  consideration  which  is  included  in  the  transaction  price  may  be
constrained,  and  is  included  in  the  net  revenue  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  in  the  amount  of  the  cumulative  revenue
recognized will not occur in a future period. If actual amounts of consideration ultimately received differ from the Company’s estimates, the Company adjusts
these estimates, which would affect net service revenue in the period such variances become known.

Revenue  from  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  accounted  for  55.6%,  53.1%,  and  51.4%  of  the  Company’s  revenue  for  the  years  ended
December  31,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  The  Company  records  revenue  from  these  governmental  and  managed  care  programs  as  services  are
performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. The Company’s revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject
to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these
governmental revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlement.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with its patients by reportable operating segments and payors. The Company has determined
that disaggregating revenue into these categories achieves the disclosure objectives to depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and
cash flows are affected by economic factors. A reconciliation of disaggregated revenue to segment revenue as well as revenue by payor is provided in Note 5,
Revenue and Accounts Receivable.

The Company’s service specific revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Home Health Revenue

Medicare Revenue

Net  service  revenue  is  recorded  under  the  Medicare  prospective  payment  system  based  on  a  60-day  episode  payment  rate  that  is  subject  to
adjustment  based  on  certain  variables  including,  but  not  limited  to:  (a)  an  outlier  payment  if  the  patient’s  care  was  unusually  costly;  (b)  a  low  utilization
adjustment if the number of visits was fewer than five; (c) a partial payment if the patient transferred to another provider or transferred from another provider
before completing the episode; (d) a payment adjustment based upon the level of covered therapy services; (e) the number of episodes of care provided to a
patient,  regardless  of  whether  the  same  home  health  provider  provided  care  for  the  entire  series  of  episodes;  (f)  changes  in  the  base  episode  payments
established by the Medicare program; (g) adjustments to the base episode payments for case mix and geographic wages; and (h) recoveries of overpayments.

The Company adjusts Medicare revenue on completed episodes to reflect differences between estimated and actual payment amounts, an inability to
obtain appropriate billing documentation and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. Therefore, the Company believes that its reported net service revenue and
patient accounts receivable will be the net amounts to be realized from Medicare for services rendered.

In addition to revenue recognized on completed episodes, the Company also recognizes a portion of revenue associated with episodes in progress.
Episodes  in  progress  are  60-day  episodes  of  care  that  begin  during  the  reporting  period  but  were  not  completed  as  of  the  end  of  the  period.  As  such,  the
Company estimates revenue and recognizes it on a daily basis. The primary factors underlying this estimate are the number of episodes in progress at the end
of the reporting period, expected Medicare revenue per episode and the Company’s estimate of the average percentage complete based on visits performed.

77

Table of Contents

Non-Medicare Revenue

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Episodic Based Revenue - The Company recognizes revenue in a similar manner as it recognizes Medicare revenue for episodic-based rates that are

paid by other insurance carriers, including Medicare Advantage programs; however, these rates can vary based upon the negotiated terms.

Non-episodic  Based  Revenue  -  Revenue  is  recognized  on  an  accrual  basis  based  upon  the  date  of  service  at  amounts  equal  to  its  established  or

estimated per visit rates, as applicable.

Hospice Revenue

Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis based upon the date of service at amounts equal to the estimated payment rates. The estimated payment
rates  are  calculated  as  daily  rates  for  each  of  the  levels  of  care  the  Company  delivers.  Revenue  is  adjusted  for  an  inability  to  obtain  appropriate  billing
documentation or authorizations acceptable to the payor and other reasons unrelated to credit risk. Additionally, as Medicare hospice revenue is subject to an
inpatient  cap  and  an  overall  payment  cap,  the  Company  monitors  its  provider  numbers  and  estimates  amounts  due  back  to  Medicare  if  a  cap  has  been
exceeded. The Company records these adjustments as a reduction to revenue and an increase to other accrued liabilities.

Senior Living Revenue

The Company has elected the lessor practical expedient within Topic 842 and recognizes, measures, presents, and discloses the revenue for services
rendered under the Company’s senior living residency agreements based upon the predominant component, either the lease or non-lease component, of the
contracts. The Company has determined that the services included under the Company’s senior living residency agreements each have the same timing and
pattern  of  transfer.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  under  Topic  606  for  its  senior  residency  agreements,  for  which  it  has  determined  that  the  non-lease
components of such residency agreements are the predominant component of each such contract.

The Company’s senior living revenue consists of fees for basic housing and assisted living care. Accordingly, we record revenue when services are
rendered on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. Residency agreements are generally for a term of 30 days, with resident
fees  billed  monthly  in  advance.  For  residents  under  reimbursement  arrangements  with  Medicaid,  revenue  is  recorded  based  on  contractually  agreed-upon
amounts or rates on a per resident, daily basis or as services are rendered.

Revenue by payor for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, is summarized in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Home Health and Hospice Services

Home Health
Services

Hospice Services

Senior Living
Services

47,819    $

93,933    $

—    $

6,575   

54,394   

27,711   

18,837   

10,061   

103,994   

1,536   

152   

29,819   

29,819   

—   

102,088   

100,942    $

105,682    $

131,907    $

$

$

Total Revenue

Revenue %

141,752   

46,455   

188,207   

29,247   

121,077   

338,531   

41.9  %

13.7 

55.6 

8.6 

35.8 

100.0  %

Medicare

Medicaid

Subtotal

Managed care

Private and other(a)

Total revenue

(a)   Private and other payors in our home health and hospice services segment includes revenue from all payors generated in our home care operations.

78

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Home Health and Hospice Services

Home Health
Services

Hospice Services

Senior Living
Services

42,091    $

73,906    $

—    $

4,680   

46,771   

23,541   

16,067   

7,729   

81,635   

918   

105   

23,624   

23,624   

—   

93,397   

86,379    $

82,658    $

117,021    $

Total Revenue

Revenue %

115,997   

36,033   

152,030   

24,459   

109,569   

286,058   

40.5  %

12.6 

53.1 

8.6 

38.3 

100.0  %

Medicare

Medicaid

Subtotal

Managed care

Private and other(a)

Total revenue

$

$

(a)   Private and other payors in our home health and hospice services segment includes revenue from all payors generated in our home care operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Home Health and Hospice Services

Home Health
Services

Hospice Services

Senior Living
Services

36,592    $

61,422    $

—    $

4,398   

40,990   

21,058   

10,997   

6,832   

68,254   

765   

339   

19,813   

19,813   

—   

88,775   

73,045    $

69,358    $

108,588    $

Total Revenue

Revenue %

98,014   

31,043   

129,057   

21,823   

100,111   

250,991   

39.0  %

12.4 

51.4 

8.7 

39.9 

100.0  %

Medicare

Medicaid

Subtotal

Managed care

Private and other(a)

Total revenue

$

$

(a)   Private and other payors in our home health and hospice services segment includes revenue from all payors generated in our home care operations.

Balance Sheet Impact

Included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  and  combined  balance  sheets  are  contract  assets,  comprised  of  billed  accounts  receivable  and  unbilled
receivables, which are the result of the timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections, as well as, contract liabilities, which primarily represent
payments the Company receives in advance of services provided. The Company had no material contract liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and December
31, 2018, or activity during years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is summarized in the following table:

Medicare

Medicaid

Managed care

Private and other

Accounts receivable, gross

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable, net

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

17,822    $

6,579   

4,380   

4,079   

32,860   

(677)  

32,183    $

11,457   

6,692   

3,079   

3,857   

25,085   

(616)  

24,469   

$

$

As the Company’s contracts with its patients have an original duration of one year or less, the Company uses the practical expedient applicable to its
contracts  and  does  not  consider  the  time  value  of  money.  Further,  because  of  the  short  duration  of  these  contracts,  the  Company  has  not  disclosed  the
transaction price for the remaining performance obligations as of the end of each reporting period or when the Company expects to recognize this revenue. In
addition,  the  Company  has  applied  the  practical  expedient  provided  by  ASC  340,  Other  Assets  and  Deferred  Costs  (“Topic  340”),  and  all  incremental
customer contract acquisition costs are expensed as they are incurred because the amortization period would have been one year or less.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The Company classifies its operations into the following reportable operating segments: (1) home health and hospice services, which includes the
Company’s home health, hospice and home care businesses; and (2) senior living services, which includes the operation of assisted living, independent living
and memory care communities. The reporting segments are business units that offer different services and are managed separately to provide greater visibility
into those operations. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker “CODM”, reviews financial information at the
operating segment level. We also report an “all other” category that includes general and administrative expense from our Service Center.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  provided  services  through  63  affiliated  home  health,  hospice  and  home  care  agencies,  and  52  affiliated

senior living operations.

The Company evaluates performance and allocates capital resources to each segment based on an operating model that is designed to maximize the
quality of care provided and profitability. The Company’s Service Center provides various services to all lines of business. The Company does not review
assets by segment and therefore assets by segment are not disclosed below.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2019, in anticipation of the Spin-Off, the GAAP segment measure of profit and loss was changed from Segment
Income (Loss) Before Provision for Income Taxes to Adjusted Segment EBITDAR from Operations. Prior period presentation has been revised to reflect the
new measurement.

Segment  Adjusted  EBITDAR  from  Operations  is  net  income  attributable  to  the  Company's  reportable  segments  excluding  the  interest  expense,
provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, rent, and, in order to view the operations performance on a comparable basis from period
to period, certain adjustments including: (1) costs at start-up operations, (2) share-based compensation, (3) acquisition related costs, (4) transaction costs, (5)
redundant and nonrecurring costs associated with the transition services agreement, (6) operating results of closed operations, and (7) net income attributable
to noncontrolling interest. General and administrative expenses are not allocated to the reportable segments, and are included as “All Other”, accordingly the
segment earnings measure reported is before allocation of corporate general and administrative expenses. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker
(“CODM”)  uses  Segment  Adjusted  EBITDAR  from  Operations  as  the  primary  measure  of  profit  and  loss  for  the  Company's  reportable  segments  and  to
compare the performance of its operations with those of its competitors. The Company's segment measures may be different from the calculation methods
used by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited. The Company’s segment measures may be different from the calculation methods used
by other companies and, therefore, comparability may be limited.

The following table presents certain financial information regarding our reportable segments, general and administrative expenses are not allocated

to the reportable segments and are included in “All Other” for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Revenue

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Home Health and
Hospice Services

Senior Living
Services

All Other

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

206,624    $

33,354    $

131,907    $

47,344    $

—    $

(18,591)   $

169,037    $

26,427    $

117,021    $

47,230    $

—    $

(16,191)   $

142,403    $

21,007    $

108,588    $

44,230    $

—    $

(12,643)   $

338,531   

62,107   

286,058   

57,466   

250,991   

52,594   

80

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The table below provides a reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations above to income from operations:

Segment Adjusted EBITDAR from Operations

Less: Depreciation and amortization

Rent—cost of services

Adjustments to Segment EBITDAR from Operations:

Less: Costs at start-up operations(a)

Share-based compensation expense(b)
Acquisition related costs(c)
Spin-off related transaction costs(d)
Transition services costs(e)
Operating results of closed operations(f)

Add: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Consolidated and Combined Income from Operations

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

62,107    $

57,466    $

52,594   

3,810   

34,975   

483   

3,382   

665   

13,219   

532   

—   

629   

2,964   

31,199   

2,544   

31,304   

129   

2,382   

—   

756   

—   

—   

595   

478   

2,298   

—   

—   

—   

728   

160   

$

5,670    $

20,631    $

15,402   

(a) Represents results related to start-up operations. This amount excludes rent and depreciation and amortization expense related to such operations.
(b) Share-based compensation expense incurred which is included in cost of services and general and administrative expense.
(c) Acquisition related costs that are not capitalizable.
(d) Costs incurred related to the Spin-Off are included in general and administrative expense.
(e) A portion of the costs incurred under the Transition Services Agreement (as defined in Note 3, Related Party Transactions and Net Parent Investment) identified as redundant or

nonrecurring that are included in general and administrative expense. Total fees under incurred under the Transition Services agreement were $2,982 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(f) Operating losses related to the closure of certain, home health, and hospice agencies that were closed in 2017.

7. ACQUISITIONS

The Company’s acquisition focus is to purchase or lease operations that are complementary to the Company’s current businesses, accretive to the
Company’s business or otherwise advance the Company’s strategy. The results of all the Company’s independent operating subsidiaries are included in the
Financial Statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.

2019 Acquisitions

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  expanded  its  operations  with  the  addition  of  two  home  health  agencies,  five  hospice
agencies, two home care agencies and two senior living operations. In connection with the acquisitions of one of the senior living communities, the Company
entered into a new long-term “triple-net” lease with a subsidiary of Ensign. The Company did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities. A
subsidiary of the Company entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior operator of each acquired operation as part of each transaction.
The addition of these operations added a total of 143 operational senior living units to be operated by the Company’s independent operating subsidiaries. The
aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $18,780.

The fair value of assets for all home health, hospice and home care acquisitions was concentrated in goodwill and as such, these transactions were
classified  as  business  combinations  in  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  805,  Business  Combinations  (“Topic  805”).  The  purchase  price  for  the  business
combinations was $18,760, which mostly consisted of goodwill of $10,341 and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $8,326 related to Medicare and Medicaid
licenses. The fair value of assets for the senior living acquisitions were concentrated in intangible assets and as such, these transactions were classified as an
asset acquisition. The purchase price for the asset acquisitions was $20. The Company anticipates that the majority of total goodwill recognized will be fully
deductible for tax purposes as of December 31, 2019. Acquisition costs related to the business combinations of home health, hospice, and home care was
$611 during the year ended December 31, 2019.

2018 Acquisitions

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  expanded  its  operations  with  the  addition  of  four  home  health  agencies,  two  hospice
agency, two home care agency and seven senior living operations. The Company did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities other than the
tenant’s post-assumption rights and obligations under the senior

81

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

living  long-term  leases.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  these  acquisitions  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  was  $5,318.  The  addition  of  these
operations added a total of 386 operational senior living units to be operated by the Company’s independent operating subsidiaries. Typically, subsidiaries of
the Company entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior operator as part of each transaction.

The fair value of assets for nine of the acquisitions was concentrated in property and equipment and as such, these transactions were classified as
asset  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  Topic  805.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  these  acquisitions  was  $593,  mainly  consisting  of  indefinite-lived
intangible  assets  of  $515.  The  fair  value  of  assets  for  the  remaining  six  acquisitions  was  concentrated  in  goodwill  and  as  such,  these  transactions  were
classified  as  business  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  Topic  805.  The  purchase  price  for  the  six  business  combinations  was  $4,725,  mainly  consisted  of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $4,710. The Company did not incur acquisition costs related to business combinations during the year ended
December 31, 2018.

2017 Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company expanded its operations with the addition of seven senior living operations, three home
health agencies, three hospice agencies and one home care agency. The Company did not acquire any material assets or assume any liabilities, other than the
tenant’s  post-assumption  rights  and  obligations  under  the  senior  living  long-term  leases.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  these  acquisitions  for  the  year
ended  December  31,  2017  was  12,059.  The  addition  of  these  operations  added  250  senior  living  units  operated  by  the  Company’s  independent  operating
subsidiaries. Typically, subsidiaries of the Company entered into a separate operations transfer agreement with the prior operator as part of each transaction.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The Company’s acquisition strategy has been focused on identifying both opportunistic and strategic acquisitions within its target markets that offer
strong opportunities for return. The independent operating subsidiaries acquired by the Company are frequently underperforming financially and can have
regulatory  and  clinical  challenges  to  overcome.  From  time  to  time,  these  acquisitions  are  more  strategic  in  nature  that  may  or  may  not  have  positive
operational results. Financial information, especially with underperforming independent operating subsidiaries, is often inadequate, inaccurate or unavailable.
Consequently, the Company believes that prior operating results are not a meaningful representation of the Company’s current operating results or indicative
of  the  integration  potential  of  its  newly  acquired  independent  operating  subsidiaries.  Revenue  and  income  before  tax  included  in  the  consolidated  and
combined statement of income relating to the business combinations was $17,006 and $3,036, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  has  been  included  for  the  businesses  combinations  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.
Business combinations during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were deemed immaterial and as such, no pro forma financial information has been
included. The acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2019 have been included in the December 31, 2019 consolidated and combined balance sheets
of the Company, and the operating results have been included in the consolidated and combined statements of income of the Company since the dates the
Company gained effective control.

Revenues and operating costs were based on actual results from the prior operator or from regulatory filings where available. If actual results were
not  available,  revenues  and  operating  costs  were  estimated  based  on  available  partial  operating  results  of  the  prior  operator  of  the  operation,  or  if  no
information was available, estimates were derived from the Company’s post-acquisition operating results for that particular operation.

The unaudited pro forma information is not indicative of what the results of operations would have been if the business combinations had actually

occurred at the beginning of the periods presented and is not intended as a projection of future results or trends.

The following tables represent unaudited pro forma results of consolidated and combined operations as if the business combinations in fiscal year
2019 had occurred at the beginning of 2018, after giving effect to certain adjustments. The unaudited pro forma information is not indicative of what the
results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had actually occurred at the beginning of the periods presented and is not intended as a projection of
future results or trends.

82

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Data

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Revenue

Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc.(a)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

349,881    $

2,956    $

315,127   

16,690   

(a) Net income attributable to The Pennant Group, Inc. for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 includes a tax impact of 25.4% and 25.0%, which are the respective statutory tax
rates.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent  to  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  acquired  one  home  health  agency,  one  hospice  agency  and  one  senior  living  community.  The
aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $2,968. In connection with the acquisition of the senior living community, the Company entered into a
new long-term “triple-net” lease with a subsidiary of Ensign. As of the date of this report, the preliminary allocation of the purchase price for the acquisitions
acquired subsequent to December 31, 2019 were not completed as necessary valuation information was not yet available. As such, the determination whether
these acquisitions should be classified as business combinations or asset acquisitions under ASC 805 will be determined upon completion of the allocation of
the purchase price.

Additionally, subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company announced that a subsidiary of its home health and hospice portfolio company entered
into an agreement to form a home health joint venture with Scripps Health, a leading nonprofit integrated health system based in San Diego, California. The
finalization of the joint venture is subject to customary closing conditions and is expected to occur in the third quarter of 2020. Following the closing of the
transaction, the joint venture will be managed by a Cornerstone affiliate and will provide home health services to patients throughout San Diego County and
surrounding areas.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment, net consist of the following:

Leasehold improvements

Equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Less: accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

6,621    $

18,930   

877   

26,428   

(11,784)  

14,644    $

4,299   

14,436   

583   

19,318   

(8,860)  

10,458   

Depreciation expense was $3,757, $2,863 and $2,444 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See also Note 7,

Acquisitions for information on acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

9. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS—NET

The Company tests goodwill during the fourth quarter of each year or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The
Company performs its goodwill impairment analysis for each reporting unit that constitutes a business for which (1) discrete financial information is produced
and  reviewed  by  operating  segment  management  and  (2)  provides  services  that  are  distinct  from  the  other  components  of  the  operating  segment,  in
accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“Topic 350”). Topic 350 provides the option to first assess qualitative
factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a “Step 0” analysis. If, based on a
review of qualitative factors, it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of
the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the net assets of each reporting unit to their respective fair values. The Company determines
the estimated fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event a unit’s net assets exceed its fair value, an implied fair value
of goodwill must be determined by assigning the unit’s fair value to each asset and liability of the unit. The excess of the fair value of the

83

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is measured by the difference
between  the  goodwill  carrying  value  and  the  implied  fair  value.  The  Company  anticipates  the  the  majority  to  total  goodwill  recognized  will  be  fully
deductible for tax purposes as of December 31, 2019.

The following table represents activity in goodwill by segment as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019:

December 31, 2017

Additions

Purchase price adjustment

December 31, 2018

Additions

December 31, 2019

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:

Trade name

Medicare and Medicaid licenses

Total

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:

Home Health and
Hospice Services

Senior Living Services

Total

24,322    $

3,642    $

2,872   

56   

27,250   

10,341   

37,591    $

3,642   

—   

3,642    $

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

355    $

33,107   

33,462    $

Intangible 
Assets

Patient base

Customer relationships

Total

Weighted Average
Life (Years)

Gross Carrying

December 31, 2019

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Gross Carrying

December 31, 2018

Accumulated
Amortization

0.7 $

2.6

611    $

470   

(611)   $

(425)  

$

1,081    $

(1,036)   $

—    $

45   

45    $

591    $

470   

1,061    $

(573)   $

(410)  

(983)   $

Amortization expense was $53, $101 and $100 for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the periods ending December 31, is as follows:

27,964   

2,872   

56   

30,892   

10,341   

41,233   

328   

24,808   

25,136   

Net

18   

60   

78   

Year

2020

2021

2022

2023

Amount

14   

14   

14   

3   

45   

$

$

84

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

10. OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

Refunds payable

Deferred revenue

Resident deposits

Property taxes

Other

Other accrued liabilities

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

$

$

2,152    $

1,937   

6,292   

1,130   

2,400   

13,911    $

1,905   

1,542   

6,310   

932   

1,682   

12,371   

Refunds payable includes payables related to overpayments, duplicate payments and credit balances from various payor sources. Deferred revenue
occurs when the Company receives payments in advance of services provided. Resident deposits include refundable deposits to residents and a small portion
consists of non-refundable deposits recognized into revenue over a period of time.

11. DEBT

Long-term debt, net consists of the following:

Revolving Credit Facility

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

Long-term debt, net

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

20,000    $

(1,474)  

18,526    $

—   

—   

—   

On  October  1,  2019,  Pennant  entered  into  a  Credit  Agreement,  which  provides  for  a  revolving  credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  banks  with  a
borrowing capacity of $75.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The interest rates applicable to loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are, at the
Company’s election, either (i) Adjusted LIBOR (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus a margin ranging from 2.5% to 3.5% per annum or (ii) Base Rate
plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 2.5% per annum, in each case based on the ratio of Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (each, as
defined in the Credit Agreement). In addition, Pennant will pay a commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the commitments under the Revolving Credit
Facility that is estimated to be 0.6% per annum. The Company is not required to repay any loans under the Credit Agreement prior to maturity in 2024, other
than  to  the  extent  the  outstanding  borrowings  exceed  the  aggregate  commitments  under  the  Credit  Agreement.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company’s
weighted average interest rate on its outstanding debt was 4.7%. As of December 31, 2019, we had availability on our Revolving Credit Facility of $51,987,
which is net of outstanding letters of credit of $3,013.

The fair value of the Company’s Revolver approximates carrying value, due to the short-term nature and variable interest rates. The fair value of this

debt is categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy based on the observable market borrowing rates.

The Credit Agreement is guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries, and is secured by a pledge of
stock of the Company's material independent operating subsidiaries as well as a first lien on substantially all of each material operating subsidiary's personal
property. The Credit Agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Company and
its  independent  operating  subsidiaries  to  grant  liens  on  their  assets,  incur  indebtedness,  sell  assets,  make  investments,  engage  in  acquisitions,  mergers  or
consolidations, amend certain material agreements and pay certain dividends and other restricted payments. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company must
comply with financial maintenance covenants to be tested quarterly, consisting of a maximum Consolidated Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA ratio
(which cannot be above 2.50:1.00) (the “Leverage Ratio”), and a minimum interest/rent coverage ratio (which cannot be below 1.50:1.00). However, if the
aggregate consideration paid in connection with permitted acquisitions consummated during any six consecutive month period exceeds $20,000, then at the
Company’s election, the maximum allowable Leverage Ratio increases to 3.00:1.00 for the current fiscal quarter and the immediately following three fiscal
quarters. The majority of lenders can require that the Company and its independent operating subsidiaries mortgage certain of its real property assets to secure
the Credit Agreement if an event of default occurs, the

85

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Company’s Leverage Ratio is equal to or greater than a ratio that is 0.25:1.00 less than the then-applicable maximum Leverage Ratio for two consecutive
fiscal  quarters,  or  its  Liquidity  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement)  is  equal  to  or  less  than  10%  of  the  Aggregate  Revolving  Commitment  Amount  (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) for ten consecutive business days; provided that such mortgages will no longer be required if certain conditions are met. As
of December 31, 2019, the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement was $20,000, which is classified as long-term indebtedness, and the Company
was in compliance with all loan covenants.

12. OPTIONS AND AWARDS

For  all  periods  prior  to  the  Spin-Off,  employees  of  the  Company  participated  in  Ensign's  stock-based  compensation  plans.  The  compensation
expense recorded by the Company included the expense associated with these employees, as well as an allocation of stock-based compensation of certain
Ensign employees who provided general and administrative services on our behalf.

Outstanding options held by employees of the Company under the Ensign stock plans (collectively the “Ensign Plans”) and outstanding options and
restricted stock awards under the Company Subsidiary Equity Plan (together with the Ensign Plans the “Pre-Spin Plans”) were modified and replaced with
Pennant awards at the Spin-Off date. Additionally, in connection with the Spin-Off, the Company issued new options and restricted stock awards to Pennant
and Ensign employees under the 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “OIP”) and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”, together referred to as the “Pennant
Plans”).

Under the Ensign Plans and the Pennant Plans, stock-based payment awards, including employee stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSA”), and
restricted stock units (“RSU” and together with RSA, “Restricted Stock”) are issued based on estimated fair value. The following disclosures represent share-
based compensation expense relating to the Ensign and Pennant Plans, including awards to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and an allocation of
costs from employees in the Service Center prior to the Spin-Off, and total share-based compensation after the Spin-Off.

Total share-based compensation expense for all of the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Prior to the Spin-Off:

Total share-based compensation

Following the Spin-Off:

Share-based compensation expense related to stock options

Share-based compensation expense related to Restricted Stock

Share-based compensation expense related to Restricted Stock to non-employee
directors

Total share-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

1,395    $

2,382    $

2,298   

315   

1,589   

83   

3,382    $

—   

—   

—   

2,382    $

—   

—   

—   

2,298   

$

$

In future periods, the Company expects to recognize approximately $4,245 and $23,530 in share-based compensation expense for unvested options
and unvested Restricted Stock, respectively, which were outstanding as of December 31, 2019. Future share-based compensation expense will be recognized
over 4.4 and 3.2 weighted average years for unvested options and restricted stock awards, respectively.

Stock Options

Under  the  Pennant  Plans,  options  granted  to  employees  of  the  subsidiaries  of  Pennant  generally  vest  over  five  years  at  20%  per  year  on  the

anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years after the date of grant.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to recognize the value of stock-based compensation expense for share-based payment
awards  under  the  Plans.  Determining  the  appropriate  fair-value  model  and  calculating  the  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards  at  the  grant  date  requires
considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility and expected option life. The Company develops estimates based on historical data and
market information, which can change significantly over time.

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  fair  value  of  each  option  is  estimated  on  the  grant  date  using  a  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average

assumptions for stock options granted after the Spin-Off:

Grant Year

2019

Options Granted

Risk-Free Interest
Rate

Expected Life(a)

Expected Volatility(b)

Dividend Yield

667   

1.6  %

6.5

34.6  %

—  %

(a) Under the midpoint method, the expected option life is the midpoint between the contractual option life and the average vesting period for the options being granted. This resulted in an expected
option life of 6.5 years for the options granted on October 1, 2019.
(b) Because the Company’s equity shares have been traded for a relatively short period of time, expected volatility assumption was based on the volatility of related industry stocks.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the following represents the exercise price and fair value displayed at grant date for stock option grants:

Grant Year

2019

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Weighted
Average Fair
Value of
Options

Granted

667    $

15.23    $

5.7   

The weighted average exercise price equaled the weighted average fair value of common stock on the grant date for all options granted during the

year ended December 31, 2019 and therefore, the intrinsic value was $0 at date of grant.

The following table represents the employee stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2019:

Converted at Spin-Off on October 1, 2019(a)
Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

December 31, 2019

Number of
Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Number of
Options Vested

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
of Options
Vested

917    $

667   

(7)  

(4)  

1,573    $

5.68   

15.23   

4.64   

14.07   

9.71   

586    $

4.73   

607    $

4.80   

(a) Represents outstanding awards under the Ensign stock plans, which were converted on October 1, 2019.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, vested, unvested and exercised as of and for the period ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Options

Outstanding

Vested

Unvested

Exercised

December 31, 2019

$

$

35,835   

17,176   

18,659   

189   

The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value of the underlying common stock and the exercise price of the options.
There were 966 unvested and outstanding options at December 31, 2019. The weighted average contractual life for options outstanding, vested and expected
to vest at December 31, 2019 was 7.40 years.

87

Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Under  the  Pennant  Plans,  the  Company  granted  Restricted  Stock  to  Pennant  employees,  Ensign  employees,  and  to  non-employee  directors.  All
awards  were  granted  at  an  issued  price  of  $0  and  generally  vest  between  three to five  years.  A  summary  of  the  status  of  Pennant’s  non-vested  Restricted
Stock, and changes during the period ended December 31, 2019, is presented below:

Converted at Spin-Off on October 1, 2019(a)
Granted

Vested

Forfeited

December 31, 2019

Non-Vested Restricted
Awards

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value

329    $

1,484   

(19)  

(1)  

1,793    $

11.20   

15.10   

10.68   

8.24   

14.44   

a) Represents outstanding awards under the Ensign stock plans, which were converted on October 1, 2019.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  repurchased  599  and  865  shares  of  common  stock,  respectively,  under  the
Subsidiary Equity Plan for $2,687 and $1,972, respectively. The Company subsequently sold 534 and 865 shares years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
and received net proceeds of $2,293 and $1,972, respectively. The shares of common stock under the Subsidiary Equity Plan that were repurchased but not
sold by the Company were included in the assets transferred by Ensign to Pennant as part of the internal reorganization effected in connection with and as part
of the Spin-Off.

13. LEASES

The Company’s independent operating subsidiaries lease 52 senior living communities and its administrative offices under non-cancelable operating
leases, most of which have initial lease terms ranging from five to 21 years. Most of these leases contain renewal options, most involve rent increases and
none contain purchase options. The lease term excludes lease renewals because the renewal rents are not at a bargain, there are no economic penalties for the
Company to renew the lease, and it is not reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the extension options. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s
independent  operating  subsidiaries  leased  29  communities  from  subsidiaries  of  Ensign  (“Ensign  Leases”)  under  a  master  lease  arrangement. The  existing
leases with subsidiaries of Ensign are for initial terms of between 14 to 16 years. In addition to rent, each of the operating companies are required to pay the
following: (1) all impositions and taxes levied on or with respect to the leased properties (other than taxes on the income of the lessor); (2) all utilities and
other services necessary or appropriate for the leased properties and the business conducted on the leased properties; (3) all insurance required in connection
with the leased properties and the business conducted on the leased properties; (4) all community maintenance and repair costs; and (5) all fees in connection
with any licenses or authorizations necessary or appropriate for the leased properties and the business conducted on the leased properties.

Fifteen  of  the  Company’s  affiliated  senior  living  communities,  excluding  the  communities  that  are  operated  under  the  Ensign  Leases  (as  defined
herein), are operated under two separate master lease arrangements. Under these master leases, a breach at a single community could subject one or more of
the other communities covered by the same master lease to the same default risk. Failure to comply with Medicare and Medicaid provider requirements is a
default under several of the Company’s leases and master leases. With an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or
economic terms of the master lease without the consent of the landlord.

88

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Impact of New Leases Guidance

The adoption of Topic 842 did not result in adjustments to the Company’s condensed combined statements of income. The components of operating

lease cost, are as follows:

Operating Lease Costs: 

Facility Rent—cost of services 

Office Rent—cost of services 

Rent—cost of services(a)

General and administrative expense 

Variable lease cost (b)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

  $

$

32,011   

2,964   

34,975   

162   

4,608   

(a) Rent—cost of services includes non-cash lease expense of $220 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Rent—cost of services includes short-term leases, which are immaterial.
(b) Represents variable lease cost for operating leases. Includes property taxes and insurance, common area maintenance, and consumer price index increases, incurred as part of our triple net lease,
and is included in cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table shows the lease maturity analysis for all leases as of December 31, 2019:

Year

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: present value adjustments 

Present value of total lease liabilities 

Less: current lease liabilities 

Long-term operating lease liabilities 

Amount

37,087   

36,654   

36,131   

35,712   

35,359   

387,878   

568,821   

(252,492)  

316,329   

(12,285)  

304,044   

$

  $

Operating  lease  liabilities  are  based  on  the  net  present  value  of  the  remaining  lease  payments  over  the  remaining  lease  term.  In  determining  the
present value of lease payments, the Company used its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at each lease’s commencement date to
determine each lease's operating lease liability. As of December 31, 2019, the weighted average remaining lease term is 16.0 years and the weighted average
discount rate is 8.1%.

On October 1, 2019, in connection with the Spin-Off, the Company amended its master lease agreements with Ensign and certain other landlords.
These amendments modified the rental payments, the initial term or both. In accordance with Topic 842, the amended lease agreements are considered to be
modified and subjected to lease modification guidance. The right-of-use asset and lease liabilities related to these agreements were remeasured based on the
change in the lease conditions such as rent payment and lease terms. The incremental borrowing rate was also adjusted to mirror the revised lease terms which
became effective at the date of the modification, which was the date of the Spin-Off. The Ensign Leases and new third-party master lease agreements have
initial terms ranging between ten  and  21  years,  with  extension  options  and  annual  rent  escalators  based  on  changes  in  the  consumer  price  index.  The  net
impact of the lease modification of these agreements resulted in an increase in the right-of-use asset and lease liability of $77,627 on October 1, 2019.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

Rent expense for operating leases classified under Topic 840 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $31,199 and $31,304,

respectively. Future minimum lease payments for all leases under Topic 840 as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

Year

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total lease payments

14. INCOME TAXES

Amount

33,055   

32,181   

31,625   

31,241   

30,896   

243,333   

402,331   

$

$

Prior the date of the Spin-Off, the Company's operations were included in Ensign’s U.S. federal and state income tax returns and all income taxes
were  paid  by  Ensign.  Additionally,  prior  to  the  date  of  the  Spin-Off,  income  tax  expense  and  other  income  tax  related  information  contained  in  these
Consolidated  and  Combined  Financial  Statements  were  presented  on  a  separate  tax  return  approach.  Under  this  approach,  the  provision  for  income  taxes
represents income tax paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year calculated as if the Company were a stand-alone
taxpayer  filing  hypothetical  income  tax  returns.  Management  believes  that  the  assumptions  and  estimates  used  to  determine  these  tax  amounts  were
reasonable. However, the Company's Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements may not necessarily reflect the Company’s income tax expense or tax
payments in the future, or what its tax amounts would have been if the Company had been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

The Company recorded a prepaid expense for income taxes in connection with the income tax returns the Company will file for the three month

period from October 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019.

Effective  January  1,  2018,  the  Tax  Act  reduced  the  corporate  rate  from  35.0%  to  21.0%.  The  Company  has  adopted  ASU  2018-05,  Taxes  (Topic
740): Amendments to SEC Paragraph Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which allows the Company to record provisional amounts during
the period of enactment. Any changes to the provisional amounts are recorded as adjustments to the provision for income taxes in the period the amounts are
determined.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  recognized  a  provisional  reduction  to  income  tax  expense  of  $315  to  reflect  the
revaluation of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities based on the U.S. federal tax rate of 21%. In accordance with SAB 118, the Tax Act related income
tax effects that were initially reported as provisional estimates were refined as additional analysis was performed. As of December 31, 2018, the Company
had completed its accounting for the tax effects of the enactment of the Tax Act.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is summarized as follows:

Current:

Federal

State

Deferred:

Federal

State

Adjustment to deferred taxes for tax rate change

Total income tax expense

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

562    $

3,223    $

278   

840   

1,070   

175   

1,245   

—   

915   

4,138   

226   

(12)  

214   

—   

$

2,085    $

4,352    $

3,550   

649   

4,199   

1,305   

186   

1,491   

(315)  

5,375   

90

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate for income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017, respectively, is comprised as follows:

Income tax expense at statutory rate

State income taxes - net of federal benefit

Non-deductible expenses

Transaction costs

Tax credits

Equity compensation

Revaluation of deferred

Other adjustments

Total income tax provision

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

21.0  %

21.0  %

35.0  %

6.8 

2.6 

41.2 

(1.6)

(30.0)

— 

(0.4)

3.5 

0.4 

— 

— 

(2.9)

(0.2)

(0.7)

3.5 

0.3 

— 

— 

(1.4)

(2.0)

(0.5)

39.6  %

21.1  %

34.9  %

The Company's completion of the Spin-Off resulted in the Company not being able to deduct approximately $10,300 of the related transaction costs,

which increased the effective tax rate significantly and affected all items that were impacted by this exclusion. This increase was partially offset by a
favorable impact of tax benefits related to equity compensation.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are summarized below.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

Accrued expenses

Allowance for doubtful accounts

State taxes

Lease liabilities

Insurance

Total deferred tax assets

Depreciation and amortization

Prepaid expenses

Right of use asset

Other liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

2,670    $

2,964   

869   

27   

83,076   

137   

86,779   

(6,107)  

(594)  

(82,181)  

—   

(88,882)  

857   

178   

—   

—   

3,999   

(4,357)  

(240)  

—   

(14)  

(4,611)  

(612)  

Net deferred tax liabilities, included in other long-term liabilities

$

(2,103)   $

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has $830 of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes which are available to reduce
future federal taxable income, if any, over an indefinite period. The utilization of those net operating loss carryforwards is limited to 80% of taxable income in
any given year.

The federal statutes of limitations on the Company’s 2015, 2014, and 2013 income tax years lapsed during the third quarter of 2019, 2018, and 2017,
respectively. During the fourth quarter of each year, various state statutes of limitations also lapsed. The lapses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018 had no impact on the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  net  of  their  state  benefits  that  would  affect  the
Company’s  effective  tax  rate.  The  Company  classifies  interest  and/or  penalties  on  income  tax  liabilities  or  refunds  as  additional  income  tax  expense  or
income. Such amounts are not material.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Regulatory  Matters  -  The  Company  provides  services  in  complex  and  highly  regulated  industries.  The  Company’s  compliance  with  applicable
federal, state and local laws and regulations governing these industries may be subject to governmental review and adverse findings may result in significant
regulatory  action,  which  could  include  sanctions,  damages,  fines,  penalties  (many  of  which  may  not  be  covered  by  insurance),  and  even  exclusion  from
government programs. The Company is a party to various regulatory and other governmental audits and investigations in the ordinary course of business and
cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any federal or state regulatory survey, audit or investigation. While governmental audits and investigations are the
subject  of  administrative  appeals,  the  appeals  process,  even  if  successful,  may  take  several  years  to  resolve.  The  Department  of  Justice,  The  Centers  for
Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), or other federal and state enforcement and regulatory agencies may conduct additional investigations related to the
Company's businesses. The Company believes that it is presently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations.

Cost-Containment Measures - Government  and  third  party  payors  have  instituted  cost-containment  measures  designed  to  limit  payments  made  to
providers of healthcare services, and there can be no assurance that future measures designed to limit payments made to providers will not adversely affect the
Company.

Indemnities  -  From  time  to  time,  the  Company  enters  into  certain  types  of  contracts  that  contingently  require  the  Company  to  indemnify  parties
against third-party claims. These contracts primarily include (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property
owners  or  prior  operators  for  post-transfer  environmental  or  other  liabilities  and  other  claims  arising  from  the  Company’s  use  of  the  applicable  premises,
(ii) operations transfer agreements, in which the Company agrees to indemnify past operators of agencies and communities the Company acquires against
certain  liabilities  arising  from  the  transfer  of  the  operation  and/or  the  operation  thereof  after  the  transfer,  (iii)  certain  Ensign  lending  agreements,  and
(iv) certain agreements with management, directors and employees, under which the subsidiaries of the Company may be required to indemnify such persons
for liabilities arising out of their employment relationships. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and, in most instances, a specific or maximum
dollar  amount  is  not  explicitly  stated  therein.  Generally,  amounts  under  these  contracts  cannot  be  reasonably  estimated  until  a  specific  claim  is  asserted.
Consequently, because no claims have been asserted, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the Company’s combined balance sheets for
any of the periods presented.

Litigation  -  The  Company’s  businesses  involve  a  significant  risk  of  liability  given  the  age  and  health  of  the  patients  and  residents  served  by  its
independent operating subsidiaries. The Company, its operating companies, and others in the industry may be subject to a number of claims and lawsuits,
including professional liability claims, alleging that services provided have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related claims.
Healthcare litigation (including class action litigation) is common and is filed based upon a wide variety of claims and theories, and the Company is routinely
subjected to these claims in the ordinary course of business, including potential claims related to patient care and treatment, professional negligence and class
actions,  as  well  as  employment  related  claims.  If  there  were  a  significant  increase  in  the  number  of  these  claims  or  an  increase  in  amounts  owing  should
plaintiffs  be  successful  in  their  prosecution  of  these  claims,  this  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and cash flows. In addition, the defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large
settlement amounts or damage awards.

In addition to the potential lawsuits and claims described above, the Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the False Claims Act (the
“FCA”) and comparable state laws alleging submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such as Medicare) or payor. A violation
may provide the basis for exclusion from federally funded healthcare programs. Such exclusions could have a correlative negative impact on the Company’s
financial performance. Some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations. In
addition, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the FCA. As such, the Company could face
increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in markets in which it does conduct business.

In May 2009, Congress passed the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act ("FERA") which made significant changes to the FCA, expanding the types
of activities subject to prosecution and whistleblower liability. Following changes by FERA, healthcare providers face significant penalties for the knowing
retention  of  government  overpayments,  even  if  no  false  claim  was  involved.  Providers  can  now  be  liable  for  knowingly  and  improperly  avoiding  or
decreasing an obligation to pay money or property to the government, including the retention of any government overpayment. The Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the “ACA”) supplemented FERA by imposing an affirmative obligation on healthcare providers to return an overpayment to
CMS within 60 days of “identification” or the date any corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. According to CMS’s February 12, 2016, final rule
with respect to Medicare Parts A and B, providers have an obligation to

92

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

proactively exercise “reasonable diligence” to identify overpayments. The 60-day clock begins to run after the reasonable diligence period has concluded,
which may take, at most, six months from the receipt of credible information. Retention of any overpayment beyond this period may create liability under the
FCA. In addition, FERA extended protections against retaliation for whistleblowers, including protections not only for employees, but also contractors and
agents. Thus, there is generally no need for an employment relationship in order to qualify for protection against retaliation for whistleblowing.

The  Company  cannot  predict  or  provide  any  assurance  as  to  the  possible  outcome  of  any  litigation.  If  any  litigation  were  to  proceed,  and  the
Company  and  its  operating  companies  are  subjected  to,  alleged  to  be  liable  for,  or  agree  to  a  settlement  of,  claims  or  obligations  under  federal  Medicare
statutes, the FCA, or similar state and federal statutes and related regulations, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and cash
flows could be materially and adversely affected. Among other things, any settlement or litigation could involve the payment of substantial sums to settle any
alleged civil violations, and may also include the assumption of specific procedural and financial obligations by the Company or its independent operating
subsidiaries going forward under a corporate integrity agreement and/or other arrangement with the government.

Medicare Revenue Recoupments - The Company is subject to probe reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments by
Unified  Program  Integrity  Contractors  (UPIC),  Recovery  Audit  Contractors  (RAC),  Zone  Program  Integrity  Contractors  (ZPIC),  Program  Safeguard
Contractors  (PSC),  Supplemental  Medical  Review  Contractors  (SMRC)  and  Medicaid  Integrity  Contributors  (MIC)  programs,  each  of  the  foregoing
collectively  referred  to  as  “Reviews.”  As  of  December  31,  2019,  eight  of  the  Company’s  independent  operating  subsidiaries  had  Reviews  scheduled,  on
appeal  or  in  dispute  resolution  process,  both  pre-  and  post-payment.  The  Company  anticipates  that  these  probe  reviews  will  increase  in  frequency  in  the
future. If an operation fails an initial or subsequent Review, the operation could then be subject to extended Review, suspension of payment, or extrapolation
of the identified error rate to all billing in the same time period. As of December 31, 2019, and through the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the
Company’s independent operating subsidiaries have responded to the Reviews that are currently ongoing, on appeal or in dispute resolution process and the
Company has no probable or estimable contingencies.

Insurance - Prior to the Spin-Off Ensign was partially self-insured for healthcare, general and professional liability, and workers’ compensation, and
historically  allocated  premium  expense  to  all  subsidiaries  of  Ensign  in  its  accounting  records.  To  reflect  all  of  the  insurance  costs,  quarterly  actuary
determined adjustments were allocated to the Company based on the proportional historical premium expense. No self-insurance accruals were allocated to
the Company as these accruals represent the obligations of Ensign. In connection with the Spin-Off, the Company purchased insurance through a third-party
to replace the coverage provided by Ensign’s self-insured policies.

While the Company maintains various insurance programs to cover these risks, it retains risk for a substantial portion of potential claims for general

and professional liability and workers’ compensation. The Company does not retain risk related to its employee health plans.

The  Company  recognizes  obligations  associated  with  these  costs,  up  to  specified  deductible  limits  in  the  period  in  which  a  claim  is  incurred,
including with respect to both reported claims and claims incurred but not reported. The general and professional liability insurance has a retention limit of
$250 per claim and the workers’ compensation insurance has a retention limit of $150 per claim, except for policies held in Texas and Washington which are
subject to state insurance and possesses their own limits.

These costs have generally been estimated based on historical data of our claims experience. Such estimates, and the resulting reserves, are reviewed
and updated by us on a quarterly basis. Additionally, the Company has partially indemnified Ensign for general and professional liabilities incurred prior to
the Spin-off but not reported until after that date and included that amount in the accrual below.

93

Table of Contents

THE PENNANT GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

The  following  table  presents  details  of  the  Company's  insurance  programs,  including  amounts  accrued  for  the  periods  indicated  in  other  accrued
liabilities and other long-term liabilities in our accompanying balance sheets. The amounts accrued below represent the total estimated liability for individual
claims that are less than our noted insurance coverage amounts, which includes outstanding claims and claims incurred but not reported.

Type of Insurance

General and professional liability

Workers’ compensation

Total estimated liability

Less: long-term portion

Current portion of estimated liability, included in other accrued liabilities

Concentrations

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

521    $

433   

954   

(774)  

180    $

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

Credit Risk - The Company has significant accounts receivable balances, the collectability of which is dependent on the availability of funds from
certain  governmental  programs,  primarily  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  These  receivables  represent  the  only  significant  concentration  of  credit  risk  for  the
Company.  The  Company  does  not  believe  there  are  significant  credit  risks  associated  with  these  governmental  programs.  The  Company  believes  that  an
appropriate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances
as necessary. The Company’s gross receivables from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 74.3% and 72.4% of its total gross
accounts  receivable  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  December  31,  2018,  respectively.  Revenue  from  reimbursement  under  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid
programs accounted for 55.6%, 53.1%, and 51.4% of the Company's revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

94

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Balances at
Beginning of
Year

Impact of ASC
606 Adoption (a)

Additions
Charged to Costs
and Expenses

(In thousands)

Deductions

Balances at End
of Year

$

$

$

(3,675)   $

—    $

(3,374)   $

1,991    $

(5,058)  

(5,058)   $

4,590    $

(346)   $

198    $

(616)  

(616)   $

—    $

(858)   $

797    $

(677)  

(a)  Subsequent to the adoption of ASC 606, the majority of what was previously presented as allowance for doubtful accounts related to bad debt expense has been incorporated as an implicit price
concession factored into net revenue and accounts receivable. Allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2019 represents the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the
accounts receivable balance based on known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the combined financial

statements or notes thereto.

As of December 31, 2019, The Pennant Group, Inc. has registered one class of securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

EXHIBIT 4.1

amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Description of Common Stock

The following description of our Common Stock (as defined below) is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified
in its entirety by reference to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our Amended and Restated
By-laws (the “Bylaws”), each of which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit is a part. We
encourage you to read our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporate Law (the “DGCL”), for
additional information.

Authorized Capital Shares

Our authorized capital shares consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 1,000,000 shares

of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

We have outstanding shares of Common Stock. The outstanding shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable. This means the full
purchase price for the outstanding shares of Common Stock has been paid and the holders of such shares will not be assessed any additional amounts for such
shares. Any additional shares of Common Stock that the Company may issue in the future will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

Voting Rights

Each share of Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our
Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights. This means a holder of a single share of Common Stock cannot cast more than one vote for each
position  to  be  filled  on  the  Board  of  Directors.  It  also  means  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  entitled  to  vote  in  the  election  of
directors can elect all directors standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the rights of holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, if any, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if
any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors in its discretion out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Delaware
law allows a corporation to pay dividends only out of surplus, as determined under the DGCL.

Liquidation Rights

Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably the net assets of the
Company legally available for distribution after we have paid or provided for all of our liabilities and all of the preferential amounts to which any holders of
Preferred Stock, if any, may be entitled.

Other Rights and Preferences

Our Common Stock has no sinking fund or redemption provisions or pre-emptive, conversion or exchange rights.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws prohibit stockholder action by written consent except when the action to be taken has previously been

approved by our Board of Directors.

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

Our  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that,  unless  the  Company  consents  in  writing  to  the  selection  of  an  alternative  forum,  the  Court  of
Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding
brought on behalf of the Company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company
to the Company or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting any such alleged breach, (3) action asserting a claim against the Company or any
director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, or (4) action asserting a
claim against us or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim
(A)  as  to  which  the  Court  of  Chancery  determines  that  there  is  an  indispensable  party  not  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Court  of  Chancery  (and  the
indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested
in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or (C) arising under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall concurrently be the sole and exclusive
forums.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  will  not  apply  to  suits  brought  to  enforce  any  liability  or  duty  created  by  the
Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum. The foregoing
may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against the Company’s directors and officers.

Listing

The Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “PNTG.”

The following is a list of subsidiaries of The Pennant Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2019:

List of Subsidiaries of The Pennant Group, Inc.

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiary
2410 Stillhouse Senior Living, Inc.
Alpowa Healthcare, Inc.
Arches Home Care, Inc.
Autumn Ridge Senior Living, Inc.
Beach City Senior Living LLC
Brenwood Park Senior Living, Inc.
Brookhollow Senior Living LLC
Brown Road Senior Housing LLC
Bruce Neenah Senior Living, Inc.
Canyon Healthcare, Inc.
Capitol Healthcare, Inc.
Caswell Senior Living LLC
Cedar Senior Living, Inc.
Clear Creek Healthcare, Inc.
Connected Healthcare, Inc.
Copper Basin Healthcare, Inc.
Comfort Assisting Hospice, Inc.
Cornerstone Healthcare, Inc.
Cornerstone Service Center, Inc.
Custom Care Healthcare, Inc.
De Soto Senior Living, Inc.
Denmark Senior Living, Inc.
Eagle Pass Senior Living LLC
Emblem Healthcare, Inc.
Emerald Healthcare, Inc.
Eureka Healthcare, Inc.
Exemplar Healthcare, Inc.
Finding Home Healthcare, Inc.
Finding Home Management Services LLC
Finding Home Physician Services LLC
Gateway Cities Senior Living, Inc.
Glacier Peak Healthcare, Inc.
Go Assisted, Inc.
Granite Healthcare, Inc.
Granite Hills Senior Living, Inc.
Great Lakes Healthcare, Inc.

Jurisdiction
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
California
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Texas
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Great Plains Healthcare, Inc.
Green Bay Senior Living, Inc.
Heartland Healthcare, Inc.        
iCare Private Duty, Inc.
Iron Bridge Healthcare, Inc.
Jameson Senior Living, Inc.
Joshua Tree Healthcare, Inc.
Kenosha Senior Living, Inc.
Keystone Hospice Care, Inc.
Lake Pointe Senior Living, Inc.
Lemon Senior Living, Inc.
Lowes Senior Living, Inc.
Madison Senior Living, Inc.
Manitowoc Senior Living, Inc.
McFarland Senior Living, Inc.
Mesa Grande Senior Living, Inc.
Mesa Springs Senior Living LLC
Mission Inn Senior Living LLC
Mohave Healthcare, Inc.
Monument Healthcare, Inc.
Moss Bay Senior Living, Inc.
Mountain Peak Home Care, Inc.
Mountain Vista Senior Living, Inc.
Oceano Senior Living, Inc.
Oceanside Healthcare, Inc.
Orange Senior Living, Inc.
Orangewood Senior Living, Inc.
Painted Sky Healthcare Inc.
Paragon Healthcare, Inc.
Pearl Senior Living, Inc.
Pennant Services, Inc.
Pinnacle Service Center LLC
Pleasant Run Senior Living, Inc.
Prairie View Healthcare, Inc.
Primrose Senior Living, Inc.
Prospect Senior Living, Inc.
Racine Senior Living, Inc.
Rancho Bernardo Healthcare LLC
Red Rock Healthcare, Inc.
River Oaks Senior Living LLC
Riverview Village Senior Living, Inc.
Rockbrook Senior Living, Inc.
Rolling Hills Healthcare, Inc.

Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Delaware
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Rosenburg Senior Living, Inc.
Saguaro Senior Living, Inc.
San Gabriel Senior Living, Inc.
Sand Lily Healthcare, Inc.
Sandstone Senior Living, Inc.
Sheboygan Senior Living, Inc.
Silver Lake Healthcare Inc.
Snohomish Healthcare, Inc.
Somers Kenosha Senior Living, Inc.
South Bay Healthcare. Inc.
South Plains Healthcare, Inc.
Spokane Healthcare, Inc.
Spring Valley Assisted Living, Inc.
Star Valley Healthcare, Inc.
Stevens Point Senior Living, Inc.
Stonebridge Healthcare, Inc.
Stoughton Senior Living, Inc.
Sand Lily Healthcare, Inc.
Sandstone Senior Living, Inc.
Sheboygan Senior Living, Inc.
Silver Lake Healthcare Inc.
Snohomish Healthcare, Inc.
Somers Kenosha Senior Living, Inc.
South Bay Healthcare. Inc.
South Plains Healthcare, Inc.
Spokane Healthcare, Inc.
Spring Valley Assisted Living, Inc.
Star Valley Healthcare, Inc.
Stevens Point Senior Living, Inc.
Stonebridge Healthcare, Inc.
Stoughton Senior Living, Inc.
Summerlin Healthcare, Inc.
Surf City Senior Living, Inc.
Sycamore Senior Living, Inc.
Symbol Healthcare, Inc.
Terrace Senior Living, Inc.
Teton Healthcare, Inc.
Thomas Road Senior Housing, Inc.
Thousand Peaks Healthcare, Inc.
Triumph Healthcare LLC
Twin Falls Senior Living LLC
Two Rivers Senior Living, Inc.
Vesper Healthcare, Inc.

Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Victoria Ventura Assisted Living Community, Inc.
Virgin River Healthcare, Inc.
Willow Creek Senior Living, Inc.
Wisconsin Rapids Senior Living, Inc.

Nevada
Nevada
Nevada
Nevada

  
  
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-233937 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 4, 2020, relating to the
consolidated and combined financial statements of The Pennant Group, Inc., appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2019.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho
March 4, 2020

I, Daniel H Walker, certify that:

EXHIBIT 31.1

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Pennant Group, Inc;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2020 

/s/ DANIEL H WALKER

Name:   Daniel H Walker

Title:  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
President

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Jennifer L Freeman, certify that:

EXHIBIT 31.2

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Pennant Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2020

/s/ Jennifer L. Freeman

Name:  

Jennifer L. Freeman

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of The Pennant Group, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Daniel H Walker, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

EXHIBIT 32.1

1      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Daniel H Walker

Name:  

Daniel H Walker

Title:  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President  

March 4, 2020

A signed original of this written statement required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of The Pennant Group, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Jennifer L. Freeman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Jennifer L. Freeman

Name:  

Jennifer L. Freeman 

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

March 4, 2020

A signed original of this written statement required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.